Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Teleflex

Teleflex

tfx · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker tfx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Teleflex
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 ANNUAL REPORT

Drive to High Growth

Growing       Innovating       Connecting

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS 
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

$2,448.4

$106.2

$2,146.3

$84.8

$1,868.0

$9.90

$8.40

$7.34

$435.1

$426.3

$410.6

$58.6

$6.33

$303.4

$1,809.7

$52.1

2

0

1

5

2

0

1

6

2

0

1

7

2

0

1

8

2

0

1

5

2

0

1

6

2

0

1

7

2

0

1

8

2

0

1

5

2

0

1

6

2

0

1

7

2

0

1

8

2

0

1

5

2

0

1

6

2

0

1

7

2

0

1

8

NET REVENUES

14.1%
Variance

RESEARCH AND 
DEVELOPMENT
25.3%
Variance

ADJUSTED EARNINGS 
PER SHARE 1
17.9%
Variance

NET CASH PROVIDED BY 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
2.1%
Variance

2018 NET REVENUES BY REPORTING SEGMENT

2018 NET REVENUES BY END MARKET

16%

All Other

8%

Anesthesia North America

12%

Asia Pacific

25% 

Europe, Middle East, and 
Africa

11% 

Interventional North 
America

8%

OEM

7%

Surgical North America

13%

Vascular North America

4%

Home Care

9% 

Medical Device 
Manufacturers 

87%

Hospitals and Healthcare 
Providers

¹A table reconciling adjusted earnings per share to the most directly comparable GAAP measure can be found at the end of this Annual Report.
Tables reconciling our 2018 constant currency revenue growth and adjusted operating margin, which are discussed in this Annual Report, to 
the most directly comparable GAAP measures are also included at the end of this Annual Report.

 
 
 
Drive to High Growth

Growing       Innovating       Connecting

The global healthcare market is rapidly expanding, and Teleflex is 
at the forefront of this growth. As we enter 2019, we are steadily 
advancing our mission of enabling safer and more cost-effective health 
outcomes for patients around the world, while establishing Teleflex as 
a high-growth company that can generate strong and consistent value 
for our shareholders, customers, and employees.

GROWING

We are driving sustainable, long-term growth across our products, 
margins, and markets, and we are creating new opportunities for our global 
constituents.

INNOVATING

We are bringing advanced medical devices that fill unmet needs for both 
patients and healthcare providers to key clinical markets and high-growth 
regions around the globe.  

CONNECTING

We are connecting with our customers at every point in their process—from 
defining their needs to developing effective solutions that improve health 
outcomes, create efficiencies, and reduce medical costs.

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

™

®

The Teleflex portfolio comprises many trusted names in medical technology, including Arrow®, Deknatel®, 
Hudson RCI®, LMA®, Manta™, Pilling®, Rüsch®, Urolift®, Vascular Solutions, and Weck®. Diverse in focus 
and unique in approach, these entities are united by a common sense of purpose: To leverage best-in-class 
technologies to enable effective clinical solutions for patients and healthcare providers around the world.

1 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

TO OUR  
SHAREHOLDERS

For Teleflex, 2018 was a milestone year. We 
marked our 75th anniversary and continued to 
advance our mission of improving the health 
and quality of people’s lives around the world. 
We delivered meaningful growth in revenues, 
margins, and earnings, and generated strong 
shareholder value. At the same time, we 
executed a wide range of strategic initiatives  
that accelerated our transition to becoming a 
high-growth company and further solidified our 
foundation for the future. 

OUR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2018 INCLUDE:

•  We integrated our two 2017 scale acquisitions and 

capitalized on the synergies they created.

•  We fueled innovation, launching 11 new products 
and line extensions and generating 1.6% revenue 
growth from new product sales.

•  We invested in our pipeline, advancing the 

development of several key products.

•  We acquired Essential Medical, enhancing our 
portfolio with a new product that serves a large 
addressable market.  

•  We continued to execute on our previously 

announced restructuring programs and launched a 
new restructuring program to generate additional 
savings. 

We also delivered strong 2018 financial results, 
including constant currency growth of 12.7% and 
adjusted earnings per share growth of 17.9%. The 
credit for our 2018 accomplishments belongs to our 
employees, who deliver excellence every day, and 
we thank them for a job well done. During the year, 
we reinforced the importance of our employees by 
continuing to invest in a rewarding work environment. 
Among other initiatives, we launched a new platform 
to expand our corporate responsibility efforts, and we 
enhanced our benefits plan.

2 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

DRIVE TO HIGH GROWTH

As the world’s population ages, demand for healthcare 
is rising. Markets around the globe are seeking better 
ways to administer this care, and many are turning 
to Teleflex for help. Our portfolio includes innovative 
products designed to increase patient safety, reduce 
recovery times, and decrease overall healthcare 
expenses. Moreover, many of our products are 
focused on “non-postponable” procedures that must 
be performed in a timely manner. Collectively, these 
factors place Teleflex in a prime position to accelerate 
growth. We are committed to becoming a high-growth 
company, and we have set a goal of delivering organic 
constant currency revenue growth of 6%-7% from 
2019 through 2021. We are working toward this by 
executing our growth strategy, which we call DRIVE to 
High Growth. This strategy includes five tenets: Deliver 
accelerated new product growth, Reach deeper product 
utilization, Invest in key market segments, Value 
addition through global infrastructure, and Execute 
strategic M&A. We are making significant progress in 
these areas and are on track to meet our multi-year 
financial targets.

MANTA™ has been approved in the European Union 
since 2016. In early 2019, MANTA™ received FDA 
pre-market approval, making it a first-to-market 
solution in the U.S. We also advanced our M&A strategy 
by continuing to make select distributor-to-direct 
conversions. Going direct has generated significant 
value for Teleflex, including stronger revenue growth, 
closer customer relationships, and improved margins. 
As a result, we continue to seek promising future 
opportunities to convert to this model. 

FACING A BRIGHT FUTURE

Our management team enters 2019 with confidence. 
We are an established leader in key growth markets, 
with a large and differentiated portfolio of products, 
backed by well-respected global brands. We have 
the scale, infrastructure, and footprint to command a 
meaningful presence in the global healthcare market, 
as well as the flexibility to move quickly and make 
sound business decisions. We have an exceptional track 
record for execution, underscored by our consistent 
ability to deliver steady growth in both revenues and 
margins. Finally, we have a sound strategy, a proven 
management team, and dedicated employees. We move 
forward committed to capitalizing on these strengths to 
achieve our financial targets and reward the support of 
our shareholders. 

LIAM J. KELLY
President and
Chief Executive Officer

THOMAS E. POWELL
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

INVESTING IN GROWTH MARKETS  

Our strategy centers on investing in markets that offer 
the highest potential returns on capital, including 
catheter complications, anesthesia and emergency 
medicine, percutaneous laparoscopy, interventional 
cardiology, and interventional urology. We are fueling 
growth in these markets by promoting differentiated 
products that have clear clinical value, significant 
intellectual property protection, and strong margins. 
In segments where Teleflex is already a market 
leader, such as catheter complications and emergency 
medicine, we are driving deeper utilization of existing 
products. In other markets, such as percutaneous 
laparoscopy and interventional cardiology, we are 
expanding our market share by promoting increased 
product utilization. In interventional urology, the 
UroLift® System has made us the market leader for 
the minimally invasive treatment of benign prostatic 
hyperplasia (BPH), but we are early in the adoption 
phase of this product and face significant opportunity 
for global growth. 

MAXIMIZING OUR GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE

We continuously evaluate our global infrastructure 
to identify opportunities for non-revenue dependent 
margin growth. Over the past four years, we have 
initiated several restructuring programs that have 
yielded significant savings for Teleflex. In 2018, 
we continued to execute our previously announced 
programs, delivering adjusted operating margin of 
25.7%, and we outlined a new multi-year margin 
expansion plan. This plan includes a footprint 
consolidation initiative, which will improve our 
operating leverage and is expected to generate adjusted 
operating margin of between 30% and 31% by 2021.

EXECUTING STRATEGIC M&A

We have made excellent progress in integrating our 
2017 acquisitions of Vascular Solutions and NeoTract. 
In 2018, Vascular Solutions delivered revenue 
growth of approximately 37%, largely driven by the 
distributor-to-direct conversions we initiated in 2017. 
NeoTract exceeded our expectations, contributing 
approximately 90 basis points toward our full-year 
organic constant currency revenue growth rate. We 
enhanced our product portfolio by acquiring Essential 
Medical, a privately-held medical device company that 
has developed the MANTA™ Vascular Closure Device.        
A unique system for closing large-bore arteriotomies, 

3 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

DRIVE TO  
HIGH GROWTH

We are committed to transforming Teleflex 
into a high-growth company, and we 
are on track to deliver average constant 
currency revenue growth of 6%-7% from 
2019 through 2021. The springboard for 
our progress is our growth strategy, which 
focuses on five tenets: 

D

eliver accelerated new product growth

R

each deeper product utilization

I

nvest in key market segments

V

alue addition through global infrastructure

E

xecute strategic M&A

DELIVER ACCELERATED NEW PRODUCT GROWTH

We have an excellent track record for fueling growth through product innovation. We are leveraging this 
momentum by continuing to launch highly differentiated products that address unmet clinical needs and offer 
strong margins. 

REACH DEEPER PRODUCT UTILIZATION

We have the potential to capture significant market share by promoting increased utilization of our existing 
products among current customers. We are focusing our attention on differentiated, high-margin products within 
large markets that offer us the greatest opportunity for increased penetration. 

INVEST IN KEY MARKET SEGMENTS

We are investing in key medical sectors that offer the highest potential returns on capital, as well as significant 
room for market share expansion, including catheter complications, anesthesia and emergency medicine, 
percutaneous laparoscopy, interventional cardiology, and interventional urology. Within these markets, we are 
promoting clinically differentiated products that can command high margins and have strong intellectual property 
protection. 

VALUE ADDITION THROUGH GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE

We are leveraging our powerful global infrastructure to enter high-growth markets by launching new products, 
introducing existing products into new regions, and executing our “go-direct” strategy in select areas of the world. 
This includes leveraging our distribution model in China to promote key products.

EXECUTE STRATEGIC M&A

We are continuing to seek acquisition opportunities that will enable us to deliver shareholder value by 
strengthening our financial profile, increasing our scale, building our product portfolio, and fortifying our 
innovation capabilities. 

4 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

AC3 OPTIMUS™ INTRA-AORTIC BALLOON PUMP

Our product innovations include the AC3 Optimus™ Intra-Aortic 
Balloon Pump (IABP), which helps a weakened heart to pump 
blood, allowing clinicians to deliver IABP therapy to a broad range 
of patients, even those with severe arrhythmias. In 2018, this 
product earned a prestigious Medical Design Excellence Award. 

THE UROLIFT® SYSTEM

We are working diligently to position unique, high-margin 
products within promising markets across Europe and Asia, 
including the UroLift® System, which represents a breakthrough 
in the area of minimally invasive benign prostatic hyperplasia 
(BPH) care.

ARROW+GARD BLUE ADVANCE™ PICC

We are working to expand our presence in China by continuing 
to introduce key products to this burgeoning market, including 
our line of coated peripherally inserted central catheters 
(PICCs), which use our proprietary Arrow+gard Blue Advance™ 
Technology to provide broad-spectrum antimicrobial and 
antithrombogenic protection.

5 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

CAMERON HICKS
Vice President, Global Human Resources and  
Employee Communications

“

Our employees take pride in the fact that 
the work they do truly makes a difference in 
people’s lives. This fuels a genuine passion 
for their jobs that is evident across our 
entire organization.”

The primary force behind our company’s success has always been our people. In every area of our business, we 
employ industry leaders who stand out not only for their insight and experience, but also for their commitment to 
our mission of improving health outcomes for people around the world. Every day, our employees do their part to 
fulfill this mission. From interacting with our customers, to conducting R&D, to testing new products, to ensuring 
that our supply chain is reliable and efficient, our people deliver a level of excellence that sets Teleflex apart within 
the medical device industry. 

THE TELEFLEX ADVANTAGE 

Teleflex is committed to being the best place to work within our industry. We fulfill this goal by taking decisive 
measures to provide a rewarding environment. This includes creating a diverse and welcoming corporate culture, 
cultivating a strong entrepreneurial spirit, offering meaningful growth opportunities, and rewarding employees for 
their dedication. In 2018, we demonstrated our commitment to our employees by rolling out an enhanced benefits 
package. As of 2019, eligible U.S.-based employees will receive new and expanded family-friendly benefits, 
including parental leave, infertility services, and adoption support. Just as our employees help improve the lives of 
millions of patients and healthcare providers around the world, we expect our expanded benefits plan to make a 
difference for our employees and their families.

Clinicians around the world count on Teleflex products to add meaningful value, and we respond 
by delivering the highest levels of innovation, quality, and efficiency in our industry. Every day, our 
products make a difference for patients in a variety of healthcare settings, including:

31,000
In more than 31,000 surgical  
procedures across the United States

6,000
 For more than 6,000 patients  
in the Intensive Care Unit

1,600
 For more than 1,600 patients who 
require vascular access intervention

3,200
 By 3,200 emergency responders to  
treat patients in the field

Statistics included in the graphic above were calculated based on 2016 sales data, and management assumptions and estimates.

6 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

BEST PLACE TO WORK

JOIN ACT WITH PURPOSE

Teleflex was named one of 
the top Best Places to Work 
for both 2018 and 2019 by 
the MedReps community 
of medical sales talent. 
According to respondents, 
Teleflex earned these 
accolades as a result of 
our positive culture and 
exceptional ability to make a 
difference for our customers.

In 2018, we formalized 
our corporate social 
responsibility activities by 
launching JOIN Act with 
Purpose, a broad-based 
platform with a global 
governing body and charter. 
JOIN Act with Purpose will 
serve as the umbrella for 
our corporate responsibility 
activities, advancing and 
expanding our commitment 
to sustainability, 
philanthropy, environmental 
issues, and community 
involvement. 

CELEBRATING OUR 75TH 
ANNIVERSARY

We commemorated our 
milestone anniversary by 
sponsoring special volunteer 
events across our global 
business, which honored 
Teleflex’s commitment 
to improving the health 
and quality of people’s 
lives. Our employees were 
encouraged to conduct these 
events in collaboration with 
local nonprofit healthcare 
organizations during June, 
the month that Teleflex 
was originally incorporated 
in 1943. Our workforce 
answered the call, with 
approximately 4,000 
employees at 50 Teleflex sites 
giving back to 76 charities.

7 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

GWEN CHAPMAN
Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer

“

The same entrepreneurial spirit that fuels Teleflex’s 
product innovation drives our exceptional 
commitment to maintaining uncompromising 
compliance and ethical standards.”

Our mission is to provide clinically effective medical technologies that improve the health and quality of people’s 
lives. Achieving this requires us to uphold the highest standards for product quality and safety, and to maintain 
the strictest compliance benchmarks in the medical device industry. Our compliance function encompasses every 
facet of our operations. We employ “best practices” of corporate governance, including meeting extensive global 
legal and regulatory requirements. We maintain exemplary ethical standards across our business, and we reinforce 
responsibility and trust at all levels of our organization through training, reward programs, and regular performance 
reviews. Ethics are an integral aspect of compliance, as well as an important part of Teleflex’s growth strategy, 
and we are making significant investments in this area. This includes bringing in new talent, as well as launching 
new programs, training platforms, and communications vehicles that support our goal of offering a satisfying work 
environment that encompasses diversity, community involvement, and a strong environmental scorecard.

MARIO WIJKER
Vice President, Global Quality Assurance and Regulatory Affairs

“

Quality is a Teleflex hallmark, and we are making 
significant investments to ensure that we continue 
to set the industry standard for excellence.”

Teleflex operates in a fast-moving environment that requires unfailing attention to stringent regulatory and quality 
standards. We deliver a broad range of products to customers around the world. Each of these countries has 
a distinct set of regulatory requirements, some of which are evolving in concert with rising consumer demand 
for medical care. At the same time, our growth continues to bring new businesses, products, facilities, and 
people under the Teleflex umbrella. We are sharply focused on assimilating these additions while maintaining 
our strict quality standards in every business and every geography, every day. This effort guides the way we 
design, manufacture, package, and label our products, as well as the way we train our employees, market to our 
customers, and oversee our vendors and suppliers. It also includes a deep commitment to maintaining excellence 
in regulatory affairs, which is vital to our ability to streamline the process of new product registrations and 
expedite growth in global markets.

8 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

MICHELLE FOX
Vice President, Clinical and Medical Affairs

“

We provide specialized training to approximately 
80 thousand healthcare professionals each year, 
helping to drive effective product usage and 
advance our mission of improving patient care 
throughout the world.”

Teleflex is an industry leader in the area of clinical education, funding a growing range of innovative programs 
to educate the clinicians who use our products and ensure efficient, high-quality usage. This effort is vital to our 
progress. Not only does clinical education help us to fulfill our corporate mission of improving health outcomes, 
it also enables us to spur the widespread adoption of our products, and to expand product utilization into new 
clinical situations. We partner with leading medical professional societies around the world to administer our 
clinical education programs, including our Clinical and Medical Affairs Procedural Lab Program, which uses 
cadaveric specimens and simulation to demonstrate advanced medical procedures and techniques in a real-world 
environment. As Teleflex has grown, we have dramatically increased our investment in clinical and medical affairs, 
and today this area is a global function with a significant presence in our Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) 
region and a rapidly expanding position in Asia-Pacific.

JEAN-LUC DIANDA
President, EMEA and Global Urology

SUNNY GOH
President, APAC

JAY WHITE
President, The Americas

“

We are leveraging our powerful global infrastructure to drive growth in select 
markets, geographic regions and products that offer the greatest potential for long-
term value.”

Our global infrastructure is a powerful growth vehicle for Teleflex, and we are aggressively leveraging it to achieve 
our financial objectives. This effort includes identifying opportunities to introduce both new products and legacy 
products into new geographies. We make these decisions carefully, allocating our resources to high-margin 
products and high-growth markets that offer significant potential for us to increase our market share. Once we 
have identified these factors, we rely on close collaboration between our business units and our international 
teams to develop country-specific strategies for each product. We are currently working to register our line of 
coated peripherally inserted central catheters (PICCs) in China, and we are developing plans to position the 
UroLift® System and key Vascular Solutions products within promising markets across Europe and Asia. We are 
also continuing to pursue distributor-to-direct conversions in order to accelerate revenue growth, strengthen 
customer relationships, and drive margins.

9 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

“

As we grow, our supply 
chain continues to offer us 
significant opportunities 
to create efficiencies that 
increase our margins, 
and we are committed to 
capturing them.”

JAMES WINTERS
Vice President, Manufacturing

BERT LANE
Vice President, Global Logistics  
and Distribution

We continuously evaluate our supply chain to identify ways to expand our margins that are not dependent on 
revenues. These efforts are crucial to maintaining our competitive position, and we are committed to delivering a 
combination of consistent evaluation, purposeful restructuring, strict expense controls, and sound execution that 
will produce meaningful results. Over the past several years, we have initiated several restructuring programs that 
have enabled us to improve margins and to realize approximately $69 million in cumulative savings as of the end 
of 2018. In addition to savings already achieved, our restructuring programs are expected to generate between 
$55 and $68 million in additional annualized savings through 2026. In 2018, we continued to implement these 
plans, keeping us well on track to reach our 2021 margin targets. Finally, every acquisition we complete creates 
new opportunities for us to streamline our operational functions, realize efficiencies, and reduce our costs, and we 
will continue to develop and execute restructuring programs that add meaningful value.

DRIVING GROWTH THROUGH SCALE ACQUISITIONS 

Vascular Solutions’ patented RePlasTM Freeze Dried Plasma is a 
blood component that is currently limited by U.S. Federal law to 
investigational use only (not approved by the FDA), but is rapidly 
moving down the regulatory path and is on track to receive 
Biologics License Application (BLA) approval in 2019. A lyophilized 
fresh frozen plasma that utilizes a proprietary manufacturing 
process to allow for reconstitution prior to use, RePlasTM has 
valuable applications in time-sensitive military and emergency 
situations, and faces an estimated $100 million market opportunity.

VASCULAR SOLUTIONS

Our acquisition of Vascular Solutions provided Teleflex with a broad range of differentiated interventional 
cardiology and radiology products, as well as a strong pipeline of technologies in development. In 2018, this 
business posted strong revenues, driven in part by the success of the distributor-to-direct strategy we executed in 
late 2017, which gave us greater control over our sales channel. We also made significant progress in advancing 
the development of key Vascular Solutions products during the year, and we continued to capitalize on synergies 
created by our acquisition, including leveraging our global distribution platform to market these products to our 
existing customers. Looking ahead, we believe that Vascular Solutions is poised to deliver significant new product 
momentum and strong revenue growth.

10 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

GWEN WATANABE
Vice President, Global Corporate Development, Strategy and Strategic Partnerships

“

We have a proven track record of identifying 
acquisition candidates that are a precise strategic fit 
for our business and have the potential to generate 
strong and sustainable value.”

Teleflex is a highly experienced acquirer, having completed more 
than 40 strategic M&A transactions since 2011, including our scale 
acquisitions of LMA in 2012, Vidacare in 2013, and NeoTract and 
Vascular Solutions in 2017. Collectively, these transactions have 
enriched our product portfolio, expanded our global reach, and 
strengthened our financial metrics. In 2018, we integrated NeoTract and 
Vascular Solutions, and we acquired Essential Medical, a privately-held 
medical device company that has developed the MANTA™ Vascular 
Closure Device for large-bore closure. We believe there is a large 
unmet need for a reliable large-bore closure system, and MANTA™, 
which received FDA pre-market approval in early 2019, is poised to be 
first-to-market within the U.S. We move forward committed to seeking 
promising acquisition opportunities and maintaining the disciplined 
M&A process that is a Teleflex hallmark.

In 2018, NeoTract received the Phoenix Emerging Growth 
Company Award in recognition of its strategically significant 
acquisition by Teleflex in 2017. The Phoenix Awards recognize 
outstanding achievements in the medical device and diagnostic 
industry, and this is the second time NeoTract has earned 
this honor, having received the Phoenix Most Promising New 
Product Award for the UroLift® System in 2016. 

MANTA™ Vascular Closure Device

NEOTRACT

Our acquisition of NeoTract brought us the UroLift® System, an innovative technology for the minimally invasive 
treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH). The UroLift® System has already become a standard of care in 
the U.S, but we have only scratched the surface of the estimated $30 billion domestic BPH market. We are fueling 
adoption of the UroLift® System by training our sales teams and clinicians, investing in patient awareness campaigns, 
and pursuing global growth. In 2018, we received approval to distribute the UroLift® System in Japan, and we 
continued to invest in clinical data, participating in several real-world studies that helped build the most extensive body 
of clinical evidence for safety, efficacy and cost effectiveness of any BPH therapy. In addition, in its revised clinical 
guidelines released in 2018, the American Urological Association (AUA) recognized the UroLift® System as a standard-
of-care treatment for lower urinary tract symptoms due to BPH. We are excited about our progress, and we anticipate 
that NeoTract will make significant contributions to our revenue growth and margin expansion over the long term. 

11 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

REWARDING 
EXCELLENCE

WE ARE COMMITTED to rewarding employees who demonstrate exemplary 
performance while upholding our Core Values, which center around people and include 
a commitment to building trust, cultivating an entrepreneurial spirit, and maintaining a 
fun work environment. We created the Teleflex Chairman’s Award to celebrate employees 
who exceed expectations in the areas of innovation, customer focus, and/or productivity. 
Candidates must be nominated by their peers, and in 2018, we received nominations for 
a record 42 individuals and teams. After carefully evaluating the candidates and their 
contributions, we presented the 2018 Teleflex Chairman’s Award to:

Jana Vaskova, Jiri Kinc

Location: Zdar, Czech Republic

Matthew Strub

Location: Maple Grove, MN, USA

Jana and Jiri redesigned packaging lines and standardized employee 
training within their facility, improving both productivity and quality. 
After soliciting associate feedback, Jana led the transformation of 
four product lines, designing a new layout and preparing a more 
efficient packaging process that was fully adopted within eight months. 
Simultaneously, Jiri introduced Training Within Industry Job Instruction 
methodology to the same four product lines, ensuring a consistent 
training process. Collectively, these initiatives yielded a marked increase 
in short-term efficiency and cost savings.

Matthew automated the Maple Grove manufacturing floor’s data collection 
process, saving substantial labor hours and generating significant cost 
savings. He eliminated manual tracking on spreadsheets, developed a 
system to directly import daily production output data into SharePoint, 
and built a dashboard and phone app to summarize production floor 
data. Today, the plant’s performance can be reviewed in real time, and 
historical data is readily available. The platform Matthew developed has 
been implemented in Teleflex’s Asheboro, Arlington Heights, Chelmsford, 
and Plymouth plants and will launch in Mexico in 2019.

CLINICAL AND MEDICAL AFFAIRS PROCEDURAL    
LAB COMMITTEE

Standing row left to right: Karen Hust, Matt Becka, Sean Allen,         
Jim Blosser, Dan Smith, Heather Wear
Seated row left to right: Kelli Thomas, Heather Suhor,                          
Dr. Chris Davlantes, Elizabeth Conaway, Amy Mills
Not pictured: Amy Bardin, Justin Clements, Tim Collins, Joanna Lim

Location: Global

This team was tasked with ensuring that healthcare providers were fully 
educated regarding the safe use of the Arrow® EZ-IO® Intraosseous 
Vascular Access System and select Teleflex airway products. The team 
researched our existing educational modalities, developed an enriched 
subject matter platform, and obtained feedback from both faculty and 
healthcare providers on how to better serve their needs. Following this, 
they piloted and tracked an innovative new education format, through 
which they successfully executed cadaveric lab tracks in the U.S., as well 
as local labs and two society labs in EMEA, and labs in APAC.

12 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

INTERVENTIONAL UROLOGY MARKETING TEAM

Michael Waidler, Matt Monarski, Lisa Tran, Nicole Hill, Jessica Eddy, 
Tom Panchak

Location: Pleasanton, CA, USA

This six-member team created a public relations program that is fueling 
patient awareness of the UroLift® System on both a local and national 
scale, and driving increased traffic to this product’s website, already 
creating significant opportunities for media audiences to view UroLift® 
coverage. The team’s initiatives included conducting a men’s health 
survey, placing news articles in key clinical publications, building a 
turnkey program to create stories featuring regional physicians and 
patients, and placing hundreds of these stories in local media. The team 
also launched Google and Facebook advertising, and revamped the 
UroLift® website to feature clearer educational language, a symptom 
analyzer, and a physician locator.

FORM 10K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 
DECEMBER 31, 2017
DECEMBER 31, 2018

13 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

Teleflex_10K.indd   1

2/27/17   11:52 AM

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

For the transition period from                      to                      .
Commission file number 1-5353
_________________________________________________
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

23-1147939

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

550 East Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, Pennsylvania

(Address of principal executive offices)

19087

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 225-6800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $1 per share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
_________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule
405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  such
files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or
any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging
growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company  ¨

Emerging growth company ¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant (28,548,748 shares) on July 1, 2018
(the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter) was $7,592,539,530(1). The aggregate market value was
computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock on such date, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

The registrant had 46,020,435 Common Shares outstanding as of February 19, 2019.

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain provisions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed
within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

(1) For purposes of this computation only, the registrant has defined “affiliate” as including executive officers and directors of the registrant
and owners of more than five percent of the common stock of the registrant, without conceding that all such persons are “affiliates” for
purposes of the federal securities laws.

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

BUSINESS

RISK FACTORS

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

PROPERTIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

PART II

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

OTHER INFORMATION

PART III

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Page

4

16

29

30

31

31

32
33

33

56

58

58

58

58

59

59

59

59

59

60

63

64

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.

Item 16.

SIGNATURES

2

 
Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

All statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-
looking  statements.  The  words  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “plan,”  “will,”  “would,”
“should,”  “guidance,”  “potential,”  “continue,”  “project,”  “forecast,”  “confident,”  “prospects”  and  similar  expressions
typically are used to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the then-current
expectations, beliefs, assumptions, estimates and forecasts about our business and the industry and markets in which
we operate. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties,
which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or
implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in business relationships with and purchases by or from major customers or suppliers, including delays
or cancellations in shipments;

demand for and market acceptance of new and existing products;

our inability to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, realize planned synergies and operate such
businesses profitably in accordance with our expectations;

our inability to effectively execute our restructuring programs;

our inability to realize anticipated savings resulting from restructuring plans and programs;

the impact of enacted healthcare reform legislation and proposals to amend or replace the legislation;

changes in Medicare, Medicaid and third-party coverage and reimbursements;

the impact of tax legislation and related regulations;

competitive market conditions and resulting effects on revenues and pricing;

increases in raw material costs that cannot be recovered in product pricing;

global economic factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, trade disputes, sovereign debt issues
and the impact of the United Kingdom's pending departure from the European Union, commonly referred to as
"Brexit";

difficulties entering new markets; and

general economic conditions.

For a further discussion of the risks relating to our business, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements, except as otherwise
explicitly stated by us or as required by law or regulation.

3

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

PART I

Teleflex Incorporated is referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “Teleflex” and the “Company.”

THE COMPANY

Teleflex is a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and
provider safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use
medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in
critical care and surgical applications. We market and sell our products to hospitals and healthcare providers worldwide
through a combination of our direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in numerous markets
and for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure. We manufacture our
products at approximately 35 manufacturing sites, with major manufacturing operations located in the Czech Republic,
Germany, Malaysia, Mexico and the United States (the "U.S.").

We are focused on achieving consistent, sustainable and profitable growth and improving our financial performance

by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies through:

•

•

•

•

•

development of new products and product line extensions;

investment in new technologies and broadening the application of our existing technologies;

expansion of the use of our products in existing markets and introduction of our products into new geographic
markets;

achievement of economies of scale as we continue to expand by utilizing our direct sales force and distribution
network to sell new products, as well as by increasing efficiencies in our sales and marketing organizations,
research and development activities and manufacturing and distribution facilities; and

expansion of our product portfolio through select acquisitions, licensing arrangements and business partnerships
that enhance, expand or expedite our development initiatives or our ability to increase our market share. 

Our  research  and  development  capabilities,  commitment  to  engineering  excellence  and  focus  on  low-cost
manufacturing enable us to bring cost effective, innovative products to market that improve the safety, efficacy and
quality of healthcare. Our research and development initiatives focus on developing these products for both existing
and new therapeutic applications, as well as developing enhancements to, and product line extensions of, existing
products. During 2018 we introduced several product line extensions and 11 new products. Our portfolio of existing
products and products under development consists primarily of Class I and Class II medical devices, most of which
require 510(k) clearance by the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") for sale in the United States, and
some of which are exempt from the requirement to obtain 510(k) clearance. We believe that 510(k) clearance or 510
(k)-exempt status reduces our research and development costs and risks, and typically results in a shorter timetable
for new product introductions as compared to the premarket approval, or PMA, process that would be required for
Class III medical devices.  See "Government Regulation" below for additional information.

HISTORY AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Teleflex was founded in 1943 as a manufacturer of precision mechanical push/pull controls for military aircraft.
From  this  original  single  market,  single  product  orientation,  we  expanded  and  evolved  through  entries  into  new
businesses,  development  of  new  products,  introduction  of  products  into  new  geographic  or  end-markets  and
acquisitions  and  dispositions  of  businesses.  Throughout  our  history,  we  have  continually  focused  on  providing
innovative,  technology-driven,  specialty-engineered  products  that  help  our  customers  meet  their  business
requirements.

Beginning in 2007, we significantly changed the composition of our portfolio of businesses, expanding our presence
in the medical device industry, while divesting all of our other businesses, which served the aerospace, automotive,
industrial and marine markets. Following the divestitures of our marine business and cargo container and systems
businesses in 2011, we became exclusively a medical device company.

We expect to continue to increase the size of our business through a combination of acquisitions and organic

growth initiatives. 

4

Recent acquisitions and distributor-to-direct sales conversions

In  2017,  we  completed  two  large  scale  acquisitions:  NeoTract,  Inc.  ("NeoTract")  and  Vascular  Solutions,  Inc.
(“Vascular Solutions”). NeoTract was a medical device company that developed and commercialized the UroLift System,
a minimally invasive medical device for treating lower urinary tract symptoms due to benign prostatic hyperplasia, or
BPH.  Vascular Solutions was a medical device company that developed and marketed clinical products for use in
minimally invasive coronary and peripheral vascular procedures. 

During the past several years, we have also completed a number of smaller acquisitions and "distributor to direct"
sales conversions in several countries.  Distributor to direct sales conversations generally involve the elimination of a
distributor from the sales channel, either by acquiring the distributor or terminating the distribution relationship (in some
instances, particularly in Asia, the conversions involve our acquisition or termination of a master distributor and the
continued sale of our products through sub-distributors).  Our distributor to direct sales conversions generally enable
us to obtain improved product pricing and more direct access to the end users of our products within the sales channel.

See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional

information regarding recent acquisitions and distributor to direct sales conversions.

Restructuring programs

We continue to execute our footprint realignment and other restructuring programs designed to improve efficiencies
in  our  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  our  sales  and  marketing  and  research  and
development organizations.   See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K for additional information.

OUR SEGMENTS

We  have  the  following  seven  reportable  segments:  Vascular  North  America,  Interventional  North  America,
Anesthesia North America, Surgical North America, EMEA, Asia and OEM. In connection with the presentation of
segment information, we present certain operating segments, which include Interventional Urology North America and
Respiratory North America, as well as Latin America, collectively in the “all other” category because separate information
with regard to each of these operating segments is not material. 

The following charts depict our net revenues by reportable operating segment and by the operating segments in
the "all other" category as a percentage of our total consolidated net revenues for the years ended December 31,
2018, 2017 and 2016.

Vascular North America:  Our Vascular North America segment is comprised of our North American vascular
access business, which offers products that facilitate a variety of critical care therapies and other applications.  These
products primarily consist of our Arrow branded catheters and related devices, such as catheter positioning systems.
They are used in a wide range of procedures, including the administration of intravenous therapies, the measurement

5

of blood pressure and the withdrawal of blood samples through a single puncture site.  This portfolio principally consists
of the following products:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Arrow Central Venous Catheters (CVCs): Arrow CVCs are inserted in the neck or shoulder area and come in
multiple lengths with up to five channels, or lumens. They are available with a pressure injectable option that
gives clinicians who perform contrast-enhanced CT scans the ability to use an indwelling (in the body) pressure
injectable Arrow CVC to inject contrast dye for the scan without having to insert a second catheter.

Arrow EZ-IO Intraosseous Vascular Access System: The Arrow EZ-IO system provides intraosseous, or in the
bone, access for the delivery of medications and fluids when traditional vascular access is difficult or impossible.
Sales of the Arrow EZ-IO system to our hospital customers are included in our Vascular North America segment
results, while, as noted below, sales of the product for use in  pre-hospital emergency settings are included in
our Anesthesia North America segment results. 

Arrow Peripherally Inserted Central Catheters (PICCs): Arrow PICCs are soft, flexible catheters that are inserted
in the upper arm and advanced into a vein that carries blood to the heart in order to administer various types of
intravenous medications and therapies. Arrow PICCs have a pressure injectable option that can withstand the
higher pressures required  to inject contrast media for CT scans.

Arrow Jugular Axillo-subclavian Central Catheters (JACCs): Arrow JACCs are designed to be inserted in the neck
or shoulder area and provide an alternative to traditional CVCs and PICCs for acute care.  Arrow JACCs may be
used for short or long-term periods to treat patients who may have poor peripheral circulation.

Arrow Midline Catheters: Arrow Midlines are made of a flexible polyurethane material and are inserted in the
upper arm.  Midlines are appropriate when patients face difficult intravenous catheter insertions or therapy will
last no longer than one to four weeks. 

Arrow Vascular Positioning Systems (VPS):  We offer two distinct catheter tip positioning systems that are designed
to facilitate precise placement of catheters within the heart.  The first is our VPS G4 Vascular Positioning System,
indicated as an alternative to chest x-ray confirmation for CVC tip placement confirmation in adult patients. The
VPS G4 analyzes multiple metrics, in real time, to help clinicians navigate through the circulatory system and
identify the correct catheter tip placement in the heart.  We also offer the Arrow VPS Rhythm™ System, which
provides electrocardiogram (ECG)-based tip confirmation in a highly portable, lightweight and versatile design.
ECG  technology  facilitates  catheter  tip  placement  and  confirmation  within  the  superior  vena-cava-cavatorial
junction in the heart, and can be used with a broad range of catheter types.  When paired with our VPS TipTracker
stylet for insertion of PICCs, the Arrow VPS Rhythm System provides real-time visual navigation by tracing the
catheter pathway with a blue line on a color screen.

Arrow Arterial Catheterization Kits: Our Arrow arterial catheterization kits facilitate arterial pressure monitoring
and blood withdrawal for glucose, blood-gas and electrolyte measurement in a wide variety of critical care and
intensive care settings.

Arrow Multi-Lumen Access Catheters (MAC): The Arrow MAC combines the access of a sheath introducer with
the high-flow lumens of a central line. The MAC's hemostasis valve allows for easy access for additional devices,
such as a thermodilution catheter or ARROW MAC Companion Catheter, adding up to three additional lumens.

Arrow  Percutaneous  Sheath  Introducers:  Our  Arrow  percutaneous  sheath  introducers  are  used  to  insert
cardiovascular and other catheterization devices into the vascular system during critical care procedures.

Arrow Endurance Extended Dwell Peripheral Catheter System: The Arrow Endurance enables the provision of
continuous intravenous therapy for the entire length of stay. It permits access to the patient’s peripheral vascular
system to sample blood, monitor blood pressure, or administer fluids.

The large majority of our CVCs are treated with solutions based on our ARROWg+ard or ARROWg+ard Blue Plus
antimicrobial technology, which have been shown to reduce the risk of catheter related bloodstream infection. Our
technology, available on our PICCs, JACCs and Midlines, provides antimicrobial and antithrombogenic protection on
inner and outer catheter surfaces as well as the entire fluid pathway of the catheter.  It has been shown to be effective
in reducing microbial colonization and thrombus accumulation on catheter surfaces. 

Many of our vascular access catheters are available in Maximal Barrier Precautions trays, which are designed to
assist healthcare providers in complying with clinical guidelines for reducing catheter-related bloodstream infections.
These trays are available for CVCs, PICCs and multi-access catheters and include a full body drape, coated or non-
coated catheters and other accessories. In addition, our ErgoPACK system offers clinicians a broad range of tray

6

configurations with components packaged in the tray in the order in which they will be required during the procedure,
and incorporates features designed to promote ease of use and patient and provider safety.

Interventional  North  America:  Our  Interventional  North  America  segment  consists  of  products  used  by
interventional cardiologists, interventional radiologists, vascular surgeons and vein practices.  It is comprised of the
North American component of our Vascular Solutions business, which we acquired in February 2017, and our legacy
Teleflex interventional access and cardiac care businesses.  Additionally, in 2018, we expanded our product portfolio
with the acquisitions of Essential Medical, Inc. and certain assets of QT Vascular LTD to include the following products:

•

•

•

The Chocolate XD Percutaneous Transluminal Coronary Angioplasty (PTCA) Balloon: The Chocolate XD PTCA
Balloon is a non-drug coated angioplasty balloon catheter used in the preparation and treatment of coronary
lesions. 

Glider PTCA Balloon Catheter: The Glider PTCA Balloon Catheter is an angioplasty balloon catheter designed
to cross through tight lesions or stent struts during complex coronary procedures. 

Manta Vascular Closure Device: The Manta Vascular Closure Device is used for closure of large bore arteriotomies
at femoral arterial access sites after cardiac catheterization.

Vascular Solutions product portfolio

Our Vascular Solutions portfolio consists of clinically advanced devices for treating coronary and peripheral vascular

disease and includes the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

GuideLiner guide extension catheters:  Our GuideLiner family is designed to increase guide catheter support and
stability to allow deep-seating of the guide catheter for distal device delivery and selective delivery of contrast.
The device can also be utilized in assisting complex cardiac catheter interventions.

TrapLiner catheters: Our TrapLiner catheter is intended for use in conjunction with guide catheters to access
discrete regions of the coronary and/or peripheral vasculature, to facilitate placement of interventional devices
and to facilitate the exchange of interventional devices while maintaining the position of the guidewire within the
vasculature.  The TrapLiner catheter is similar in design to the GuideLiner guide extension catheter, with the added
feature of an integrated balloon for trapping a standard 0.014” guidewire within a guide catheter. The TrapLiner
catheter can be used as an alternative method to the trapping technique that requires the use of a percutaneous
transluminal  coronary  angioplasty  (PTCA)  balloon  to  exchange  an  existing  over-the-wire  catheter  while
maintaining guidewire position. The technique of guidewire trapping for catheter exchange is most commonly
performed in complex interventional procedures. 

Turnpike catheters: These catheters may be used to facilitate placement and exchange of guidewires and to
deliver diagnostic and therapeutic agents to discrete regions of the coronary and peripheral vasculature.

Micro-introducers: These products are used to gain percutaneous access to the vasculature for performing arterial
and venous catheterization procedures.

TwinPass Torque: The TwinPass Torque is designed for procedures that call for the delivery of two interventional
guidewires from a single catheter in clinical situations where catheter delivery and turning control are important.

Guidewires:  Our  Spectre  Guidewire  is  a  dual-core  design  guidewire  that  provides  enhanced  deliverability  in
coronary and peripheral interventions. Raider Guidewire is a specialty wire with a unique tip designed to gain
access to small vessels. 

Interventional access product portfolio

Our interventional access products are used in a wide range of applications, including dialysis, oncology and critical
care  therapies.  Our  interventional  access  portfolio  also  includes Arrow  branded  products,  such  as  diagnostic  and
drainage  kits,  embolectomy  balloons,  and  reinforced  percutaneous  sheath  introducers.  Our  interventional  access
products include the following:

•

Arrow OnControl Powered Bone Marrow / Bone Access System:  The Arrow OnControl powered bone access
system is used to perform bone marrow biopsies and aspirations and access bone lesions for hematology and
in ontological diagnostic procedures.

7

•

•

•

•

Arrow Trerotola Percutaneous Thrombectomy Device (PTD):  The Arrow Trerotola PTD is used for declotting of
dialysis  grafts  and  fistulas,  respectively  indirect  and  direct  connections  between  an  artery  and  a  vein  for
hemodialysis access.

Arrow Chronic Hemodialysis Catheters:  The Arrow chronic hemodialysis catheters include both antegrade and
retrograde insertion options for split, step and symmetrical tip configurations.

ARROW-Clark VectorFlow Hemodialysis Catheter:  The Arrow-Clark VectorFlow catheter is a symmetrical tip
tunneled hemodialysis catheter designed to reduce loss of lock solution (which is used on catheters to reduce
the risk of thrombosis), give sustained high flows and reduce the risk of thrombus accumulation due to platelet
activation. Additionally, the specially designed catheter tip enables placement flexibility with minimal impact on
recirculation.

Arrow Polysite Low Profile Hybrid Ports:  The Arrow Polysite Low Profile Hybrid Port is used for long-term access
to the central venous system and to facilitate repeated vascular access.  It is available in multiple standard French
sizes. The hybrid design provides a strong titanium reservoir and lightweight plastic body delivering the strength
and the comfort needed for long-term treatment in patients of all sizes.

Cardiac care product portfolio

Products  in  the  cardiac  care  portfolio  include  diagnostic  catheters,  intra-aortic  balloon  catheters  and  capital
equipment.  Diagnostic  catheters  include  thermodilution  and  wedge  pressure  catheters.  Our  Berman  and  Reverse
Berman catheters are used during the x-ray examination of blood vessels and our temporary pacing catheters are
often used in common interventional procedures such as transcatheter aortic valve replacement, or TAVR.  We also
manufacture sheaths for femoral and trans-radial aortic access used in diagnostic and therapeutic procedures.  Our
capital equipment offering includes our intra-aortic balloon pump, or IABP.  When combined with our intra aortic balloon
catheter, our IABPs are used to augment oxygen delivery to the cardiac muscle and reduce the oxygen demand after
cardiac  surgery,  heart  attack  or  interventional  procedures.  We  recently  launched  the Autocat  3  Optimus,  our  third
generation IABP. This device helps a weakened heart pump blood and can deliver IABP therapy to a broad range of
patients, even those with severe arrhythmias.

Anesthesia North America: Our Anesthesia North America segment is comprised of our North American pain
management and airway management products and other products that, like our airway management products, provide
pre-hospital emergency applications.

Pain management products

Our pain management products, which are designed for use in a broad range of surgical and obstetric procedures,

consist principally of the following: 

•

•

•

Arrow Epidural Catheters, Needles and Kits:  We offer a broad range of Arrow epidural products, including the
Arrow FlexTip Plus epidural catheter, to facilitate epidural analgesia.  Epidural analgesia may be used separately
for pain management, as an adjunct to general anesthesia, as a sole technique for surgical anesthesia and for
post-operative pain management.

Arrow Peripheral Nerve Block (PNB) Catheters, Pumps, Needles and Kits:  Our portfolio of Arrow PNB products,
which includes the Arrow Stimucath and FlexBlock catheters, are designed to be used by anesthesiologists to
provide localized pain relief by injecting anesthetics to deliberately interrupt the signals traveling along a nerve.
Nerve blocks are used in a variety of different procedures, including orthopedics. 

AutoFuser Disposable Pain Pumps:  Our AutoFuser Disposable Pain Pumps are designed for general infusion
use, which includes regional anesthesia and pain management. Routes of administration include percutaneous,
subcutaneous  and  epidural,  and  into  the  intra-operative  (soft  tissue/body  cavity)  sites.  The AutoFuser  offers
multiple reservoir sizes and configurations to meet a variety of clinical demands.

8

Airway management products

Our airway management products and related devices, which are designed for use in both pre-hospital emergency

and hospital settings, consist principally of the following:

•

•

•

LMA Airways:  Our LMA laryngeal masks are used by anesthesiologists and emergency responders to establish
an airway to channel anesthesia gas or oxygen to a patient's lungs during surgery or trauma.  The LMA Gastro
Airway  is  the  first  single-use  laryngeal  mask  with  a  gastric  channel.    Designed  for  use  in  upper  endoscopy
procedures, this device offers an increased level of airway management for clinicians. The LMA Gastro Airway
also includes our Cuff Pilot technology, which enables clinicians to confirm that the inserted cuff is properly inflated
and to monitor pressure levels.

LMA Atomization:  Our LMA atomization portfolio includes products designed to facilitate atomized delivery of
certain medications. Included in the portfolio is our LMA MAD Nasal, an intranasal mucosal atomization device
that is designed to provide a safe and painless way to deliver medications approved for intranasal delivery to a
patient's blood stream without an intravenous line or needle.

RUSCH Endotracheal Tubes and Laryngoscopes:  We offer a broad portfolio of products to facilitate and support
endotracheal intubation to administer oxygen and anesthetic gases in multiple settings (surgery, critical care and
emergency settings). We also provide a broad range of products for laryngoscopy, a procedure that is primarily
used to obtain a view of the airway to facilitate tracheal intubation during general anesthesia or cardiopulmonary
resuscitation ("CPR").  Among these products is the Rusch DispoLED Laryngoscope Handle and Green Rusch
Lite Blade, a single-use system designed to help facilities comply with standards designed to reduce the potential
for patient cross-contamination associated with reusable devices during intubation.

Pre-hospital emergency products

As noted above, our airway management products can be used in pre-hospital emergency settings.  We offer other
products designed for use in pre-hospital emergency settings, including the Arrow EZ-IO System, which is described
in the Vascular North America segment summary above.  The Arrow EZ-IO System offers a method for vascular access
that can be administered quickly and effectively in emergency situations.

Surgical North America:  Our surgical products are designed to provide surgeons with a comprehensive range
of  devices  for  use  in  a  variety  of  surgical  procedures.  Our  portfolio  consists  of  single-use  and  reusable  products,
including the following:

•

•

•

Weck Ligation Systems: Our Weck Ligation Systems feature the Weck Metal Ligating Clips and Hem-o-lok Polymer
Ligating  Clips.    Weck  Metal  Ligating  Clips  are  intended  for  use  in  procedures  involving  vessels  or  anatomic
structures and are sold in various sizes, types and materials. Our Hem-o-lok Polymer Ligating Clips are intended
for use in procedures involving ligation of vessels or tissue structures and are sold in various sizes in a manual
and automatic format.

Weck  EFx  Fascial  Closure  Systems:  Our  Weck  fascial  closure  systems  are  used  in  laparoscopic  surgical
procedures and are intended to facilitate placement of sutures used to repair laparoscopic defects and minimize
complications and costs associated with port-site herniation.  We offer a full portfolio of fascial closure devices,
which provides a wide range of clinical options.  

Percutaneous Surgical Systems: Our MiniLap surgical instruments are designed to be inserted percutaneously
(through the skin) to enable surgeons to perform laparoscopic surgery without the need for an insertion trocar.
The MiniLap family of surgical instruments consists of a ThumbGrip option with a 2.3mm shaft or a pistol design
option, called MiniGrip, with a 2.4mm shaft. In addition, we have developed the Percuvance percutaneous surgical
system,  which  features  a  2.9mm  device  shaft  with  5  mm  operating  tips.  The  Percuvance  system  is  used  to
penetrate soft tissue to access certain areas of the abdomen and to grasp, hold and manipulate tissue, and, like
our MiniLap surgical instruments, enables surgeons to access the abdominal cavity without the need for access
ports. 

Our other branded surgical products include our Weck Vista bladeless access ports, Deknatel sutures, Pleur-evac

chest drainage system and our Pilling and Kmedic surgical instruments. 

9

Europe,  the  Middle  East  and Africa  (“EMEA”):  Our  EMEA  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  distributes
medical devices primarily used in critical care, surgical applications and cardiac care and generally serves two end
markets: hospitals/ healthcare providers, and home health. The products offered by our EMEA segment are most
widely used in acute care settings for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty
surgical applications, such as urology.

Asia: Our Asia segment, like our EMEA segment, designs, manufactures and distributes medical devices primarily
used in critical care, surgical applications and cardiac care and generally serves hospitals and healthcare providers.
The products offered by our Asia segment are most widely used in acute care settings for a range of diagnostic and
therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications.

Original  Equipment  Manufacturer  and  Development  Services  ("OEM"):  Our  OEM  segment  designs,
manufactures and supplies devices and instruments for other medical device manufacturers. Our OEM division, which
includes  the  TFX  OEM  and  Deknatel  OEM  brands,  provides  custom-engineered  extrusions,  diagnostic  and
interventional catheters, balloons and balloon catheters, sheath/dilator sets (introducers) and kits, sutures, performance
fibers,  and  bioresorbable  resins  and  fibers.  We  offer  an  extensive  portfolio  of  integrated  capabilities,  including
engineering, material selection, regulatory affairs, prototyping, testing and validation, manufacturing, assembly and
packing. 

Other  businesses:    Our  other  operating  segments  do  not  meet  the  threshold  for  separate  disclosure  under
applicable accounting guidance and are therefore included in the “all other” line item in tabular presentations of segment
information. Products offered by these operating segments include single-use respiratory, urology and interventional
urology products.  We also have an operating segment encompassing our Latin American business. 

Respiratory/urology North America

In 2015, we combined our respiratory and urology businesses. Our respiratory products are used in a variety of
care settings and include oxygen therapy products, aerosol therapy products, spirometry products, and ventilation
management products. Our Hudson RCI brand has been a prominent name in respiratory care for over 65 years.   

Our urology product portfolio provides bladder management for patients in the hospital and individuals in the home
care  markets. The  product  portfolio  consists  principally  of  a  wide  range  of  catheters  (including  Foley,  intermittent,
external  and  suprapubic),  urine  collectors,  catheterization  accessories  and  products  for  operative  endourology
marketed under the Rusch brand name. 

Interventional urology North America

As a result of our acquisition of NeoTract in 2017, we now offer the UroLift System, a minimally invasive technology
for treating lower urinary tract symptoms due to benign prostatic hyperplasia, or BPH. The UroLift System involves the
placement of permanent implants, typically through a transurethral outpatient procedure, that hold the prostate lobes
apart to relieve compression on the urethra without cutting, heating or removing prostate tissue. 

Latin America

Our Latin America business generally engages in the same type of operations, and serves the same type of end

markets, as the EMEA and Asia segments.

OUR MARKETS

We generally serve three end-markets: hospitals and healthcare providers, medical device manufacturers and
home care. These markets are affected by a number of factors, including demographics, utilization and reimbursement
patterns. The following charts depict the percentage of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017
and 2016 derived from each of our end markets.

10

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We  are  subject  to  comprehensive  government  regulation  both  within  and  outside  the  U.S.  relating  to  the

development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our products.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the United States

All of our medical devices manufactured or sold in the United States are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (“FDC Act”), and its implementing regulations, which are enforced by the FDA. The FDA and, in some
cases, other government agencies administer requirements for the design, testing, safety, effectiveness, manufacturing,
labeling,  storage,  record  keeping,  clearance,  approval,  advertising  and  promotion,  distribution,  post-market
surveillance, import and export of our medical devices.

Unless an exemption or pre-amendment grandfather status applies, each medical device that we market must
first receive either clearance as a Class I or Class II device (by submitting a premarket notification (“510(k)”) or approval
as a Class III device (by filing a premarket approval application (“PMA”)) from the FDA pursuant to the FDC Act. To
obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a
legally marketed device (a 510(k)-cleared device, pre-amendment device for which FDA has not called for PMAs or a
device with a de novo authorization), referred to as the "predicate device." Substantial equivalence is established by
the applicant showing that the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has
the same technological characteristics or has been shown to be equally safe and effective and does not raise different
questions  of  safety  and  effectiveness  as  compared  to  the  predicate  device.  The  FDA’s  510(k)  clearance  process
usually takes from four to nine months, but it can last longer. A device that is not eligible for the 510(k) process because
there  is  no  predicate  device  may  be  reviewed  through  the  de  novo  process  (the  process  for  granting  marketing
authorization when no substantially equivalent device exists) if the FDA agrees it is a low to moderate risk device. A
device not eligible for 510(k) clearance or de novo authorization is categorized as Class III and must follow the PMA
approval pathway, which requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.  The
process of obtaining PMA approval is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) or de novo process. It
generally takes from one to three years or even longer. Our portfolio of existing products and pipeline of potential new
products consist primarily of Class I and Class II devices that require 510(k) clearance, although a few are 510(k)-
exempt.  In addition, modifications made to devices after they receive clearance or approval may require a new 510
(k) clearance or approval of a PMA or PMA supplement. We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance or PMA approval
will be obtained in a timely matter if at all for any device that we propose to market.

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k)
clearance or a de novo authorization.  The sponsor of a clinical study must comply with and conduct the study in
accordance  with  the  applicable  federal  regulations,  including  FDA’s  investigational  device  exemption  (“IDE”)
requirements, and good clinical practice (“GCP”).  Clinical trials must also be approved by an institutional review board
("IRB"), which is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review biomedical research
involving human subjects and which has the authority to approve, require modifications in, or disapprove research to

11

protect the rights, safety, and welfare of the human research subject.  The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent,
discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not
being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients.  An
IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may
impose other conditions.

A device placed on the market must comply with numerous regulatory requirements. Those regulatory requirements

include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

device listing and establishment registration;

adherence  to  the  Quality  System  Regulation  (“QSR”)  which  requires  stringent  design,  testing,  control,
documentation, complaint handling and other quality assurance procedures;

labeling requirements;

FDA prohibitions against the promotion of off-label uses or indications;

adverse event and malfunction reporting;

post-approval restrictions or conditions, potentially including post-approval clinical trials or other required testing;

post-market surveillance requirements;

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can require or ask for the recall of products from the market; and

voluntary corrections or removals reporting and documentation.

The FDA has issued final regulations regarding the Unique Device Identification (“UDI”) System, which requires
manufacturers to mark certain medical devices with unique identifiers. While the FDA expects that the UDI System
will help track products during recalls and improve patient safety, it has required us to make changes to our manufacturing
and labeling, which could increase our costs.  The UDI System is being implemented in stages based on device risk,
with the first requirements having taken effect in September 2014 and the last taking effect in September 2022.

Certain of our medical devices are sold in convenience kits that include a drug component, such as lidocaine.
These types of kits are generally regulated as combination products within the Center for Devices and Radiological
Health ("CDRH") under the device regulations because the device provides the primary mode of action of the kit.
Although the kit as a whole is regulated as a medical device, it may be subject to certain drug requirements such as
current good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”) to the extent applicable to the drug-component repackaging activities
and subject to inspection to verify compliance with cGMPs as well as other regulatory requirements.

Our manufacturing facilities, as well as those of certain of our suppliers, are subject to periodic and for-cause
inspections to verify compliance with the QSR as well as other regulatory requirements.  Such inspections are performed
through the new Medical Device Single Audit Program (MDSAP) and other specified audits by regulatory authorities.
If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, it could
institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from issuance of a warning or untitled letter to more severe
sanctions,  such  as  product  recalls  or  seizures,  civil  penalties,  consent  decrees,  injunctions,  criminal  prosecution,
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusal to permit importation or exportation,
refusal to grant, or delays in granting, clearances or approvals or withdrawal or suspension of existing clearances or
approvals. The FDA also has the authority under certain circumstances to request repair, replacement or refund of the
cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us.  Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on
our business. Manufacturing certification requirements and audits through the MDSAP program also applies.

12

Regulation of Medical Devices Outside of the United States

Medical device laws also are in effect in many of the markets outside of the United States in which we do business.
These laws range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of our products to requests for
product data or certifications. Inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of device-related
adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems.  Manufacturing certification requirements and
audits through the MDSAP program or other regulatory authority inspections also apply.  In addition, the European
Union (“EU”) has adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (the “EU MDR”), which imposes stricter requirements
for the marketing and sale of medical devices (as compared to the predecessor Medical Device Directive), including
in the area of clinical evaluation requirements, quality systems and post-market surveillance. Manufacturers of currently
marketed medical devices will have until May 2020 to meet the requirements of the EU MDR. Failure to meet these
requirements could adversely impact our business in the EU and other regions that tie their product registrations to
the EU requirements.

Healthcare Laws

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  local  laws  in  the  United  States  targeting  fraud  and  abuse  in  the
healthcare  industry.  These  laws  prohibit  us  from,  among  other  things,  soliciting,  offering,  receiving  or  paying  any
remuneration to induce the referral or use of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other
federally or state financed healthcare programs.  Violations of these laws are punishable by imprisonment, criminal
fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.  In addition, we are
subject to federal and state false claims laws in the United States that prohibit the submission of false payment claims
under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally or state funded programs.  Certain marketing practices, such as off-label
promotion, and violations of federal anti-kickback laws may also constitute violations of these laws.

We are also subject to various federal and state reporting and disclosure requirements related to the healthcare
industry.  Rules  issued  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  &  Medicaid  Services  ("CMS")  require  us  to  collect  and  report
information on payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as investment interests
held by physicians and their immediate family members.  Effective January 2022, we will also be required to collect
and report information on payments or transfers of value to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse
specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-midwives. The reported data is available to the
public on the CMS website. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties.  In addition,
several states now require medical device companies to report expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of
device products and to report gifts and payments to individual physicians in these states.  Other states prohibit various
other marketing-related activities.  The federal government and certain other states require the posting of information
relating to clinical studies and their outcomes. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build
and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with the different compliance and/or reporting requirements
among a number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or more of the
requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely impact our results of operations.

Other Regulatory Requirements

We are also subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws applicable in
jurisdictions outside the United State that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from improperly offering
or paying anything of value to non-United States government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.
Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer
relationships outside of the United States are with government entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery
laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have
experienced government corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery
laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In the sale, delivery and servicing of our medical devices and
software outside of the United States, we must also comply with various export control and trade embargo laws and
regulations, including those administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”)
and  the  Department  of  Commerce’s  Bureau  of  Industry  and  Security  (“BIS”)  which  may  require  licenses  or  other
authorizations for transactions relating to certain countries and/or with certain individuals identified by the United States
government. Despite our global trade and compliance program, our internal control policies and procedures may not
always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, distributors or other agents. Violations
of these requirements are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines and imprisonment.

13

COMPETITION

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many companies, ranging from small start-
up enterprises to companies that are larger and more established than us and have access to significantly greater
financial  resources.  Furthermore,  extensive  product  research  and  development  and  rapid  technological  advances
characterize the market in which we compete. We must continue to develop and acquire new products and technologies
for our businesses to remain competitive. We believe that we compete primarily on the basis of clinical superiority and
innovative features that enhance patient benefit, product reliability, performance, customer and sales support, and
cost-effectiveness. Our major competitors include Medtronic plc, Becton, Dickinson and Company and Boston Scientific
Corporation.

SALES AND MARKETING

Our  product  sales  are  made  directly  to  hospitals,  healthcare  providers,  distributors  and  to  original  equipment
manufacturers  of  medical  devices  through  our  own  sales  forces,  independent  representatives  and  independent
distributor networks.

BACKLOG

Most of our products are sold to hospitals or healthcare providers on orders calling for delivery within a few days
or weeks, with longer order times for products sold to medical device manufacturers. Therefore, our backlog of orders
is not indicative of revenues to be anticipated in any future 12-month period.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

We own a portfolio of patents, patents pending and trademarks. We also license various patents and trademarks.
Patents for individual products extend for varying periods based upon the date of patent filing or grant and the legal
term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may potentially extend
for longer periods of time and are dependent upon national laws and use of the marks. All product names throughout
this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, us or our subsidiaries. Although these have been of value and
are expected to continue to be of value in the future, we do not consider any single patent or trademark, except for
the Teleflex and Arrow brands, to be essential to the operation of our business.

SUPPLIERS AND MATERIALS

Materials used in the manufacture of our products are purchased from a large number of suppliers in diverse
geographic locations. We are not dependent on any single supplier for a substantial amount of the materials used or
components supplied for our overall operations. Most of the materials and components we use are available from
multiple sources, and where practical, we attempt to identify alternative suppliers. However, our ability to establish
alternate sources of supply may be delayed due to FDA and other regulatory authority requirements regarding the
manufacture of our products. Volatility in commodity prices, particularly with respect to aluminum, steel and plastic
resins, can have a significant impact on the cost of producing certain of our products. We may not be able to successfully
pass cost increases through to all of our customers, particularly original equipment manufacturers.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We are engaged in both internal and external research and development. Our research and development efforts
support our strategic objectives to provide innovative new, safe and effective products that enhance clinical value by
reducing infections, improving patient and clinician safety, enhancing patient outcomes and enabling less invasive
procedures. 

We also acquire or license products and technologies that are consistent with our strategic objectives and enhance

our ability to provide a full range of product and service options to our customers.

SEASONALITY

Portions of our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Incidence of flu and other disease patterns as well
as the frequency of elective medical procedures affect revenues related to single-use products.  Historically, we have
experienced higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of these factors.

14

EMPLOYEES

We  employed  approximately  15,200  full-time  and  temporary  employees  at  December 31,  2018.  Of  these
employees, approximately 3,800 were employed in the United States and 11,400 in countries other than the United
States.   Approximately  11%  of  our  employees  in  the  United  States  and  in  other  countries  were  covered  by  union
contracts or collective-bargaining arrangements. We believe we have good relationships with our employees.

ENVIRONMENTAL

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside the United States. Our
operations, like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental
laws, primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. While we continue to devote resources to compliance with
existing  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  we  cannot  ensure  that  our  costs  of  complying  with  current  or  future
environmental  protection,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations  will  not  exceed  our  estimates  or  will  not  have  a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, we cannot
ensure that we will not be subject to environmental claims for personal injury or cleanup in the future based on our
past, present or future business activities.

INVESTOR INFORMATION

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”). Therefore, we file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC). The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements
and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

You can access financial and other information about us in the Investors section of our website, which can be
accessed at www.teleflex.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, copies of our annual report on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed with
or furnished to the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after
electronically filing or furnishing such material to the SEC. The information on our website is not part of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K. The reference to our website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference only.

We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1943. Our executive offices are located at 550 East Swedesford

Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The names and ages of our executive officers and the positions and offices held by each such officer are as

follows:

Name
Liam J. Kelly

Thomas E. Powell

Karen T. Boylan

Cameron P. Hicks

James J. Leyden

Age
52

57

47

54

52

Positions and Offices with Company
President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Vice President, Global Strategic Projects

Vice President, Global Human Resources

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Mr. Kelly has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2018.  From May 2016 to December
31, 2017, Mr. Kelly served as our President and Chief Operating Officer.  From April 2015 to April 2016, he served as
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. From April 2014 to April 2015, Mr. Kelly served as Executive
Vice President and President, Americas. From June 2012 to April 2014 Mr. Kelly served as Executive Vice President
and President, International.  He also has held several positions with regard to our EMEA segment, including President
from June 2011 to June 2012, Executive Vice President from November 2009 to June 2011, and Vice President of
Marketing from April 2009 to November 2009. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Kelly held various senior level positions with
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., a medical device company, from October 2002 to April 2009, serving as its Vice President of
International Marketing and R&D from August 2006 to February 2009.

15

 
Mr. Powell  has  been  our  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  February 2013.  From
March 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Powell was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He joined Teleflex in
August 2011 as Senior Vice President, Global Finance. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Powell served as Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of Tomotherapy Incorporated, a medical device company, from June 2009 until June 2011. In
2008,  he  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Textura  Corporation,  a  software  provider.  From  April 2001  until
January 2008, Mr. Powell was employed by Midway Games, Inc., a software provider, serving as its Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from September 2001 until January 2008. Mr. Powell has also held
leadership  positions  with  Dade  Behring,  Inc.  (now  Siemens  Healthcare  Diagnostics),  PepsiCo,  Bain  &  Company,
Tenneco Inc. and Arthur Andersen & Company.

Ms. Boylan became our Vice President, Global Strategic Projects in January 2019.  She previously served as our
Vice President, Global RA/QA from August 2014 until December 2018.  Ms. Boylan joined Teleflex in January 2013
as Vice President, International RA/QA.  Prior to joining Teleflex, Ms. Boylan served as QA Vice President, Corporate
Quality Systems for Boston Scientific Corporation, a developer, manufacturer and marketer of medical devices, from
April 1996 to December 2012.

Mr. Hicks has been our Vice President, Global Human Resources since April 2013.  Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr.
Hicks served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources & Organizational Effectiveness for Harlan Laboratories,
Inc., a private global provider of pre-clinical and non-clinical research services, from July 2010 to March 2013.  From
April 1990 to January 2010, Mr. Hicks held various leadership roles with MDS Inc., a provider of products and services
for the development of drugs and the diagnosis and treatment of disease, including Senior Vice President of Human
Resources for MDS’ global Pharma Services division from November 2000 to January 2010.

Mr. Leyden has been our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2014.  He previously
held the positions of Acting General Counsel from November 2013 to February 2014, Deputy General Counsel from
February 2013 to November 2013 and Associate General Counsel from December 2004 to February 2013.  Prior to
joining Teleflex, Mr. Leyden served as general counsel of InfraSource Services, Inc., a utility infrastructure construction
company, from April 2004 to December 2004.  From February 2002 to April 2004, he served as Associate General
Counsel of Aramark Corporation, a provider of food, facility and uniform services.

Our officers are elected annually by our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider
the following factors which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations
or stock price. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known
to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations or stock price.

We face strong competition. Our failure to successfully develop and market new products could adversely

affect our business.

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many domestic and foreign medical device
companies ranging from small start-up enterprises that might sell only a single or limited number of competitive products
or compete only in a specific market segment, to companies that are larger and more established than us, have a
broad range of competitive products, participate in numerous markets and have access to significantly greater financial
and marketing resources than we do.

In addition, the medical device industry is characterized by extensive product research and development and
rapid technological advances. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to design and
manufacture new competitive products and enhance existing products. Our product development efforts may require
us to make substantial investments. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop new
products, enhance existing products or achieve market acceptance of our products, due to, among other things, our
inability to:

•

•

•

identify viable new products;

maintain sufficient liquidity to fund our investments in research and development and product acquisitions;

obtain adequate intellectual property protection;

16

•

•

gain market acceptance of new products; or

successfully obtain regulatory approvals.

In addition, our competitors currently may be developing, or may develop in the future, products that provide better
features, clinical outcomes or economic value than those that we currently offer or subsequently develop. Our failure
to successfully develop and market new products or enhance existing products could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our  customers  depend  on  third  party  coverage  and  reimbursements,  and  the  failure  of  healthcare
programs to provide sufficient coverage and reimbursement for our medical products could adversely affect
us.

The ability of our customers to obtain coverage and reimbursement for our products is important to our business.
Demand for many of our existing and new medical products is, and will continue to be, affected by the extent to which
government healthcare programs and private health insurers reimburse our customers for patients’ medical expenses
in the countries where we do business. Even when we develop or acquire a promising new product, demand for the
product may be limited unless reimbursement approval is obtained from private and government third party payors.
Internationally,  healthcare  reimbursement  systems  vary  significantly.  In  some  countries,  medical  centers  are
constrained  by  fixed  budgets,  regardless  of  the  volume  and  nature  of  patient  treatment.  Other  countries  require
application  for,  and  approval  of,  government  or  third  party  reimbursement.  Without  both  favorable  coverage
determinations by, and the financial support of, government and third party insurers, the market for many of our medical
products would be adversely affected. In this regard, we cannot be sure that third party payors will maintain the current
level  of  coverage  and  reimbursement  to  our  customers  for  use  of  our  existing  products.  Adverse  coverage
determinations,  including  reductions  in  the  amount  of  reimbursement,  could  harm  our  business  by  discouraging
customers’ selection of, and reducing the prices they are willing to pay for, our products.

In addition, as a result of their purchasing power, third party payors have implemented and are continuing to
implement cost cutting measures such as seeking discounts, price reductions or other incentives from medical products
suppliers and imposing limitations on coverage and reimbursement for medical technologies and procedures. These
trends could compel us to reduce prices for our products and could cause a decrease in the size of the market or a
potential increase in competition that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We  may  not  be  successful  in  achieving  expected  operating  efficiencies  and  sustaining  or  improving
operating expense reductions, and may experience business disruptions associated with restructuring, facility
consolidations, realignment, cost reduction and other strategic initiatives.

Over the past several years we have implemented a number of restructuring, realignment and cost reduction
initiatives, including facility consolidations, organizational realignments and reductions in our workforce, and we may
engage in similar efforts in the future. While we have realized some efficiencies from these initiatives, we may not
realize the benefits of these or future initiatives to the extent we anticipated. Further, such benefits may be realized
later than expected, and the ongoing difficulties in implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated,
which could cause us to incur additional costs or result in business disruptions. In addition, if these measures are not
successful or sustainable, we may be compelled to undertake additional restructuring, realignment and cost reduction
efforts, which could result in significant additional charges. Moreover, if our restructuring, realignment and cost reduction
efforts prove ineffective, our ability to achieve our strategic and business plan goals may be adversely affected.

In addition, as part of our efforts to increase operating efficiencies, we plan to upgrade the existing enterprise
resource planning, or ERP, system used by our EMEA segment to our global ERP system in 2019.  In connection with
this upgrade, we could experience business disruptions, which could adversely affect commercial activities such as
our ability to receive and process orders and deliver products, negatively impact customer relationships and divert the
attention of management away from daily operations. In addition, any delays in the implementation of this initiative
could cause us to incur additional unexpected costs. Should we experience such difficulties, our business, cash flows
and results of operations could be adversely affected.

17

A significant portion of our United States revenues is derived from sales to distributors, and “destocking”

activity by these distributors can adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenues in the United States is derived from sales to distributors, who, in turn, sell our
products to hospitals and other health care institutions.  From time to time, these distributors may decide to reduce
their levels of inventory with regard to certain of our products, a practice we refer to as “destocking.”  A distributor's
decision to reduce inventory levels with respect to our products may be based on a number of factors, such as distributor
expectations regarding demand for a particular product, distributor buying decisions (including decisions to purchase
competing products), changes in distributor policies regarding the maintenance of inventory levels, economic conditions
and other factors.  For example, during the third quarter of 2016, we experienced a decline in purchases by our United
States distributors that adversely affected our revenues and results of operations. We believe the reduction resulted
from the distributors' expectations of a less severe 2016-2017 flu season, which resulted in reduced levels of purchasing
with respect to certain of our products that are used for treatment of hospitalized patients suffering from the flu.  Following
such instances of reduced purchases, distributors may revert to previous purchasing levels; nevertheless, we cannot
assure that distributors will, in fact, increase purchases of our products in this manner.  A decline in the level of product
purchases by our United States distributors in the future could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and
results of operations during a reporting period, and an extended decline in such product purchases could have a longer
term material adverse effect.

We are subject to extensive government regulation, which may require us to incur significant expenses
to ensure compliance. Our failure to comply with those regulations could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our products are classified as medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the United States by the
FDA and by comparable government agencies in other countries. The regulations govern, among other things, the
development, design, clearance, approval, manufacturing, labeling, importing and exporting and sale and marketing
of many of our products. Moreover, these regulations are subject to future change. 

In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, or significant
modification to, an existing product, we generally must first receive either 510(k) clearance or de novo authorization
or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA, from the FDA. Similarly, most major markets for medical
devices outside the United States also require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards before a
product can be commercially marketed. In the European Union, a new Medical Device Regulation was published in
2017 that, when it enters into full force in 2020, will include significant additional pre- and post-market requirements. 
The process of obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA
and certain foreign government authorities, can be costly and time consuming, and clearances and approvals might
not be granted for new products on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, once a device has been cleared or approved,
a new clearance or approval may be required before the device may be modified or its labeling changed. Furthermore,
the FDA or a foreign government authority may make its review and clearance or approval process more rigorous,
which could require us to generate additional clinical or other data, and expend more time and effort, in obtaining future
product clearances or approvals. The regulatory clearance and approval process may result in, among other things,
delayed realization of product revenues, substantial additional costs or limitations on indicated uses of products, any
one of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  Even after a
product has received marketing approval or clearance, such product approval or clearance can be withdrawn or limited
due to unforeseen problems with the device or issues relating to its application. 

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could lead to adverse effects on our business, which could include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

partial suspension or total shutdown of manufacturing;

product shortages;

delays in product manufacturing;

warning or untitled letters;

fines or civil penalties;

delays in or restrictions on obtaining new regulatory clearances or approvals;

withdrawal or suspension of required clearances, approvals or licenses;

product seizures or recalls;

18

•

•

•

•

•

injunctions;

criminal prosecution;

advisories or other field actions;

operating restrictions; and

prohibitions against exporting of products to, or importing products from, countries outside the United States.

We could be required to expend significant financial and human resources to remediate failures to comply with
applicable regulations and quality assurance guidelines. In addition, civil and criminal penalties, including exclusion
under Medicaid or Medicare, could result from regulatory violations. Any one or more of these events could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Medical devices are cleared or approved for one or more specific intended uses and performance claims must
be adequately substantiated. Promoting a device for an off-label use or making misleading or unsubstantiated claims
could result in government enforcement action.

Furthermore,  our  facilities  are  subject  to  periodic  inspection  by  the  FDA  and  other  federal,  state  and  foreign
government authorities, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including
the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, which requires, among other things, periodic audits, design controls, quality
control testing and documentation procedures, as well as complaint evaluations and investigation. In addition, any
facilities  assembling  convenience  kits  that  include  drug  components  and  are  registered  as  drug  repackaging
establishments are also subject to current good manufacturing practices requirements for drugs. The FDA also requires
the reporting of certain adverse events and product malfunctions and may require the reporting of recalls or other field
safety corrective actions. Issues identified through such inspections and reports may result in FDA enforcement action
through any of the actions discussed above. Moreover, issues identified through such inspections and reports may
require significant resources to resolve.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, regulation and enforcement; our failure to comply

with those laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the
governments of those states and foreign countries in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our
ability to operate include:

•

•

•

•

the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute, which, among other things, prohibits persons from knowingly and
willfully offering or paying remuneration to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or
recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs
such as Medicare and Medicaid, or soliciting payment for such referrals, purchases, orders and recommendations;

federal false claims laws which, among other things, prohibit individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or
causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment from the federal government, including Medicare,
Medicaid or other third-party payors;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which prohibits schemes to
defraud any healthcare benefit program and false statements relating to healthcare matters; and

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may
apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other government regulations, we may
be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our
operations, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment of personnel,
any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being
found to have violated these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the
regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.

Further,  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Care  and  Education
Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “Affordable Care Act”), imposed annual reporting and disclosure requirements on
device manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals.  Effective
January 2022, we will also be required to collect and report information on payments or transfers of value to physician

19

assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-
midwives.  The reported information is made publicly available in a searchable format. In addition, device manufacturers
are required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members
during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties for
each payment, transfer of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission, up to an
aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”).

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to healthcare
providers. Some states, such as California, Connecticut, Nevada and Massachusetts, mandate implementation of
compliance programs that include the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation for consulting and other services,
and other remuneration to healthcare providers. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to
build  and  maintain  robust  and  expandable  systems  to  comply  with  the  different  compliance  and/or  reporting
requirements among a number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that we may inadvertently violate one or more
of the requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely impact our results of operations.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty claims, as well as
product  recalls,  any  of  which  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.
Furthermore, our reputation as a medical device company may be damaged if one or more of our products
are, or are alleged to be, defective.

Our businesses expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and
marketing of our products. In particular, our medical device products are often used in surgical and intensive care
settings for procedures involving seriously ill patients. In addition, many of our products are designed to be implanted
in the human body for varying periods of time. Product defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks with
respect to products we manufacture or sell could result in patient injury or death. In addition, in connection with the
divestitures of our former non-medical businesses, we agreed to retain certain liabilities related to those businesses,
which include, among other things, liability for products manufactured prior to the date on which we completed the
sale of the business.  Product liability and warranty claims often involve very large or indeterminate amounts, including
punitive damages. The magnitude of potential losses from product liability lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial
periods of time, and the related legal defense costs may be significant. We could experience material warranty or
product liability losses in the future and incur significant costs to defend these claims.

In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may voluntarily participate, or be required
by regulatory authorities to participate, in a recall of that product. In the event of a recall, we may lose sales and be
exposed to individual or class-action litigation claims. Moreover, negative publicity regarding a quality or safety issue,
whether  accurate  or  inaccurate,  could  harm  our  reputation,  decrease  demand  for  our  products,  lead  to  product
withdrawals or impair our ability to successfully launch and market our products in the future. Product liability, warranty
and recall costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.

The  ongoing  volatility  in  the  domestic  and  global  financial  markets,  combined  with  a  continuation  of
constrained global credit markets could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and
liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions.  The
economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets that occurred several years ago led to recessionary conditions
and  depressed  levels  of  consumer  and  commercial  spending,  resulting  in  reductions,  delays  or  cancellations  of
purchases of our products and services.  Despite improvements in recent years, particularly in the United States,
economic conditions continue to cause disruption in some financial markets, resulting in, among other things, diminished
liquidity and credit availability. We cannot predict the duration or extent of any economic recovery or the extent to which
our customers will return to more typical spending behaviors. The continuation in a number of markets of weak economic
growth, constricted credit, public sector austerity measures in response to public budget deficits and foreign currency
volatility, particularly with respect to the euro, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity. 

Additionally, our customers, particularly in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece, have extended or delayed payments
for products and services already provided, which has increased our focus on collectability with respect to our accounts
receivable from these customers. To date, we have not experienced an inordinate amount of payment defaults by our
customers,  and  we  have  sufficient  lending  commitments  in  place  to  enable  us  to  fund  our  foreseeable  additional

20

operating needs. However, the ongoing uncertainty in the European financial markets, combined with a continuation
of constrained European credit markets creates a risk that some of our European customers and suppliers may be
unable to access liquidity. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our aggregate net current and long term trade accounts
receivable in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece were $39.0 million and $49.1 million, respectively. In 2018, 2017 and
2016, net revenues from these countries were approximately 6%, 6% and 7% of total net revenues, respectively, and
average days that accounts receivable from these countries were outstanding were 121, 154 and 182 days, respectively.
Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when customers
cannot make their required payments, we cannot assure that the loss rate will not increase in the future given the
volatility in the worldwide economy. If our allowance for doubtful accounts is insufficient to address receivables we
ultimately  determine  are  uncollectible,  we  would  be  required  to  incur  additional  charges,  which  could  materially
adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could adversely
affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

In addition, adverse economic and financial market conditions may result in future impairment charges with respect
to our goodwill and other intangible assets, which would not directly affect our liquidity but could have a material adverse
effect on our reported financial results.

Our strategic initiatives, including acquisitions, may not produce the intended growth in revenue and

operating income, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our strategic initiatives include making significant investments designed to achieve revenue growth and to enable
us to meet or exceed margin improvement targets. If we do not achieve the expected benefits from these investments
or otherwise fail to execute on our strategic initiatives, we may not achieve the growth improvement we are targeting
and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

In  addition,  as  part  of  our  strategy  for  growth,  we  have  made,  and  may  continue  to  make,  acquisitions  and
divestitures and enter into strategic alliances such as joint ventures and joint development agreements. However, we
may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions or integrate acquisitions successfully,
and our joint ventures or strategic alliances may not prove to be successful. In this regard, acquisitions involve numerous
risks,  including  difficulties  in  the  integration  of  acquired  operations,  technologies,  services  and  products  and  the
diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Moreover, the products and technologies that we
acquire may not be successful or may require us to devote significantly greater development, marketing and other
resources, as well as significantly greater investments, than we anticipated. We could also experience negative effects
on our results of operations and financial condition from acquisition-related charges, amortization of intangible assets,
asset impairment charges and other matters that could arise in connection with the acquisition of a company or business,
including matters related to internal control over financial reporting and regulatory compliance, as well as the short-
term effects of increased costs on results of operations.  Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks
inherent in any particular transaction, there can be no assurance that we will identify all such risks or the magnitude
of  the  risks.  In  addition,  prior  acquisitions  have  resulted,  and  future  acquisitions  could  result,  in  the  incurrence  of
substantial  additional  indebtedness  and  expenditures.  Future  acquisitions  may  also  result  in  potentially  dilutive
issuances of equity securities. There can be no assurance that difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions
will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with certain of our completed acquisitions, we have agreed to pay consideration that is contingent
upon the achievement of specified objectives, such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product
or achievement of sales targets.  As of the acquisition date, we record a contingent liability representing the estimated
fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay. On a quarterly basis, we reassess these obligations and,
in the event our estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration changes, we record increases or decreases
in the fair value as an adjustment to operating earnings, which could have a material impact on our results of operations.
As of December 31, 2018, we accrued $304.2 million of contingent consideration, most of which related to our acquisition
of NeoTract.  In addition, actual payments may differ materially from the amount of the contingent liability , which could
have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows  and liquidity.  For information regarding assumptions
related  to  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities,  see  “Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates”  under  Item  7,
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Annual Report
on  Form  10-K.    For  additional  information  regarding  our  acquisitions,  see  Note  10  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

21

Health care reform may have a material adverse effect on our industry and our business.

Political, economic and regulatory developments have effected fundamental changes in the healthcare industry.
The Affordable Care Act substantially changed the way health care is financed by both government and private insurers.
It also encourages improvements in the quality of health care products and services and significantly impacts the
United States pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act:

•

•

•

•

established a 2.3% excise tax on sales of medical devices with respect to any entity that manufactures or imports
specified medical devices offered for sale in the United States, although this tax was suspended for 2016 and
2017 as a result of the enactment of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016 and has been further suspended
for 2018 and 2019 as a result of the enactment of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2018;

established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct
comparative clinical effectiveness research;

implemented payment system reforms, including a national pilot program to encourage hospitals, physicians and
other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain health care services through bundled
payment models; and

created an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to reduce Medicare spending
if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

While, as noted above, the excise tax has been suspended through 2019, we may again be subject to the excise
tax in 2020 unless the suspension is extended further. We cannot predict at this time the full impact of the Affordable
Care Act or other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future on our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.  In this regard, several legislative initiatives to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act
were proposed, but not adopted in 2017.  However, United States tax legislation adopted in December 2017 and
commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") eliminated the individual mandate under the Affordable
Care Act, which has resulted in increased uncertainty regarding insurance premium prices for participants in insurance
exchanges under the act, and may have other effects. Moreover, on December 14, 2008, the United States District
Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Texas  ruled  that  the  individual  mandate  provision  of  the Affordable  Care Act  is
unconstitutional and the remainder of the act is invalid, although the Court stayed its ruling pending appeal. The nature
and effect of any modification or repeal of, or legislative substitution for, the Affordable Care Act, or any court decision
regarding the act's validity, is uncertain, and we cannot predict the effect that any of these events would have on the
longer-term viability of the act, or on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-United States operations.

We have significant manufacturing and distribution facilities, research and development facilities, sales personnel
and customer support operations in a number of countries outside the United States, including Belgium, the Czech
Republic, Germany, Ireland, Malaysia and Mexico. In addition, a significant portion of our non-United States revenues
are  derived  from  sales  to  third  party  distributors.   As  of  December 31,  2018,  75%  of  our  full-time  and  temporary
employees were employed in countries outside of the United States, and approximately 40% of our net property, plant
and equipment was located outside the United States. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and
2016 approximately 41%, 42% and 46%, respectively, of our net revenues (based on the Teleflex entity generating
the sale) were derived from operations outside the United States.

Our international operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business outside the United States, including:

exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values;

trade protection measures, tariffs and other duties, especially in light of trade disputes between the United States
and several foreign countries, including China;

potentially costly and burdensome import or export requirements;

laws and business practices that favor local companies;

changes in foreign medical reimbursement policies and procedures;

subsidies or increased access to capital for firms that currently are or may emerge as competitors in countries
in which we have operations;

substantial foreign tax liabilities, including potentially negative consequences resulting from changes in tax laws;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

22

•

•

•

•

•

•

restrictions and taxes related to the repatriation of foreign earnings;

differing labor regulations;

additional United States and foreign government controls or regulations;

the impact of the United Kingdom's pending departure from the European Union, commonly referred to as "Brexit";

difficulties in the protection of intellectual property; and

unsettled political and economic conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests.

In  addition,  the  United  States Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  (the  “FCPA”)  prohibits  companies  and  their
intermediaries from making improper payments to non-United States officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining
business. Similar anti-bribery laws are in effect in several foreign jurisdictions.  The FCPA also imposes accounting
standards and requirements on publicly traded United States corporations and their foreign affiliates, which, among
other things, are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper
payments to government officials, and to prevent the establishment of “off the books” slush funds from which such
improper payments can be made. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around
the  world,  many  of  our  customer  relationships  outside  of  the  United  States  are  with  government  entities  and  are
therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. However,
we  operate  in  many  parts  of  the  world  that  have  experienced  government  corruption  to  some  degree.  Despite
meaningful measures that we undertake to facilitate lawful conduct, which include training and compliance programs
and internal control policies and procedures, we may not always prevent reckless or criminal acts by our employees,
distributors or other agents.  In addition, we may be exposed to liability due to pre-acquisition conduct of employees,
distributors or other agents of businesses or operations we acquire. Violations of anti-bribery laws, or allegations of
such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction and have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We also could be subject to severe
penalties  and  other  adverse  consequences,  including  criminal  and  civil  penalties,  disgorgement,  substantial
expenditures related to further enhancements to our procedures, policies and controls, personnel changes and other
remedial actions, as well as harm to our reputation.

Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of the United
States, including the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against embargoed countries, which are
administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as other laws and
regulations administered by the Department of Commerce. These regulations limit our ability to market, sell, distribute
or otherwise transfer our products or technology to prohibited countries or persons. While we train our employees and
contractually obligate our distributors to comply with these regulations, we cannot assure that a violation will not occur,
whether knowingly or inadvertently. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations may result in substantial civil
and criminal penalties, including fines and the disgorgement of profits, the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, the
denial of export privileges and debarment from participation in United States government contracts, any of which could
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  international  operations  or  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial
condition and cash flows.

Foreign currency exchange rate, commodity price and interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our

results.

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates,
commodity prices and interest rates. Products manufactured in, and sold into, foreign markets represent a significant
portion of our operations. Our consolidated financial statements reflect translation of financial statements denominated
in  non-United  States currencies  to  United  States dollars,  our  reporting  currency,  as  well  as  the  foreign  currency
exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  remeasurement  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  from  transactions
denominated in currencies other than the primary currency of the country in which the entity operates, which we refer
to as "non-functional currencies." A strengthening or weakening of the United States dollar in relation to the foreign
currencies  of  the  countries  in  which  we  sell  or  manufacture  our  products,  such  as  the  euro,  will  affect  our  United
States dollar-reported  revenue  and  income. Although  we  have  entered  into  forward  contracts  with  several  major
financial institutions to hedge a portion of our monetary assets and liabilities and projected cash flows denominated
in non-functional currencies in order to reduce the effects of currency rate fluctuations, changes in the relative values
of currencies may, in some instances, have a significant effect on our results of operations.

23

Many of our products have significant plastic resin content. We also use quantities of other commodities, such as
aluminum and steel. Increases in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and services.
We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers, particularly with respect to those products we sell under
group purchase agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Increases  in  interest  rates  may  adversely  affect  the  financial  health  of  our  customers  and  suppliers,  thereby
adversely affecting their ability to buy our products and supply the components or raw materials we need.  In addition,
our borrowing costs have been adversely affected by recent interest rate increases, and could be further affected if
interest rates continue to increase.  Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.

Under our cross-currency swap agreements, a meaningful decline in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange

rate could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.

On October 4, 2018, we entered into cross-currency swap agreements with six different financial institutions to
hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate.  Under the terms of the swap agreements,
we notionally exchanged $500.0 million at an annual interest rate of 4.625% for €433.9 million at an annual interest
rate of 1.942%.  The swap agreements, which expire on October 4, 2023, require an exchange of the notional amounts
between us and the counterparties upon expiration or earlier termination of the agreements.  If, at the expiration or
earlier termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate has declined from the rate in effect
on October 4, 2018, we are required to pay the counterparties an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollar value
of €433.9 million over $500.0 million (we and the counterparties have agreed to a net settlement with regard to the
exchange of the notional amounts at the date of expiration or earlier termination of the agreements).  In the event of
a significant decline in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate, our payment obligations to the counterparties could have
a material adverse effect on our cash flows.  In this regard, if, at the expiration or earlier termination of the swap
agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro currency exchange rate has declined by 10% from the rate in effect at October 4,
2018 (at that date, the exchange rate was 1.15 U.S. dollar per euro), we would be required to pay approximately $50
million to the counterparties in respect of the notional settlement.  To the extent we enter into additional cross-currency
swap agreements, a decline in the relevant exchange rates could further adversely affect our cash flows.

Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and changes to tax laws may adversely affect us.

As a global company, we are subject to taxation in numerous countries, states and other jurisdictions. Our effective
tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various countries, states and other jurisdictions in
which we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate the amount of tax that will become payable in
each of these jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate may, however, differ from the estimated amount due to numerous
factors, including a change in the mix of our profitability from country to country and changes in tax laws (including the
impact of the enactment of the TCJA). Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly
different  from  previous  periods  or  our  current  expectations,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.

An  interruption  in  our  manufacturing  or  distribution  operations  or  our  supply  of  raw  materials  may

adversely affect our business.

Many of our key products are manufactured at or distributed from single locations, and the availability of alternate
facilities is limited. If operations at one or more of our facilities is suspended due to natural disasters or other events,
we  may  not  be  able  to  timely  manufacture  or  distribute  one  or  more  of  our  products  at  previous  levels  or  at  all.
Furthermore, our ability to establish replacement facilities or to substitute suppliers may be delayed due to regulations
and requirements of the FDA and other regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products. In addition,
in the event of delays or cancellations in shipments of raw materials by our suppliers, we may not be able to timely
manufacture or supply the affected products at previous levels or at all. The manufacture of our products is highly
exacting and complex, due in part to strict regulatory requirements. Problems in the manufacturing process, including
equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, defective raw materials and environmental
factors, could lead to delays in product releases, product shortages, unanticipated costs, lost revenues and damage
to our reputation. A failure to identify and address manufacturing problems prior to the release of products to our
customers may also result in quality or safety issues.  A reduction or interruption in manufacturing or distribution, or
our inability to secure suitable alternative sources of raw materials or components, could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

24

Our ability to attract, train, develop and retain key employees is important to our success.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain key personnel, including our executive officers
and other members of our senior management team. Our success also depends, in part, on our ability to attract, train,
develop  and  retain  other  key  employees,  including  research  and  development,  sales,  marketing  and  operations
personnel. We may experience difficulties in retaining executives and other employees due to many factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the intense competition for skilled personnel in our industry;

fluctuations in global economic and industry conditions;

changes in our organizational structure;

our restructuring initiatives;

competitors’ hiring practices; and

the effectiveness of our compensation programs.

Our inability to attract, train, develop and retain such personnel could have an adverse effect on our business,

results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our failure to maintain strong relationships with physicians and other health care professionals could

adversely affect us.

We  depend  on  our  ability  to  maintain  strong  working  relationships  with  physicians  and  other  healthcare
professionals in connection with research and development for some of our products. We rely on these professionals
to provide us with considerable knowledge and advice regarding the development and use of these products. Physicians
assist  us  as  researchers,  product  consultants,  inventors  and  public  speakers.  If  we  fail  to  maintain  our  working
relationships with physicians and, as a result, no longer have the benefit of their knowledge and advice, our products
may not be developed in a manner that is responsive to the needs and expectations of the professionals who use and
support  our  products,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and cash flows.

Our technology is important to our success, and our failure to protect our intellectual property rights

could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We rely on the patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the United States and other countries to
protect  our  proprietary  rights. Although  we  own  numerous  United  States and  foreign  patents  and  have  submitted
numerous patent applications, we cannot be assured that any pending patent applications will issue, or that any patents,
issued or pending, will provide us with any competitive advantage or will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented
by third parties. In addition, we rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees and take other
measures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of
our technology by competitors or other persons who may copy or otherwise obtain and use these products or technology,
particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as in the
United States. We cannot assure that current and former employees, contractors and other parties will not breach their
confidentiality  agreements  with  us,  misappropriate  proprietary  information,  copy  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use  our
information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights.
Our inability to protect our proprietary technology could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows. Moreover, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop know-how
and trade secrets comparable to ours or develop better technology than our own, which could reduce or eliminate any
competitive advantage we have developed. 

Our products or processes may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to

pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from selling our products.

We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other intellectual property
rights of third parties. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business,
including claims of alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Any such claims, whether or
not meritorious, could result in litigation and divert the efforts of our personnel. If we are found liable for infringement,
we may be compelled to enter into licensing agreements (which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all)

25

or to pay damages or cease making or selling certain products. We may need to redesign some of our products or
processes to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing events could be detrimental to our business.

Other pending and future litigation may involve significant costs and adversely affect our business.

We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business involving, among other things,
contracts, intellectual property, import and export regulations, and employment and environmental matters. The defense
of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and may involve significant legal expenses. In addition, we
may be required to pay damage awards or settlements, or become subject to injunctions or other equitable remedies,
that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. While we do not believe
that any litigation in which we are currently engaged would have such an adverse effect, the outcome of litigation,
including regulatory matters, is often difficult to predict, and we cannot assure that the outcome of pending or future
litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our  substantial  indebtedness  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of

operations.

As of December 31, 2018, we had total consolidated indebtedness of $2.2 billion.

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to

satisfy our debt obligations. It could also have significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

•

•

•

•

•

•

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness,
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, research and development efforts
and other general corporate expenditures;

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for general corporate purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

restrict us from pursuing business opportunities; and

place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an

amount sufficient to pay our indebtedness when due or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to:

•

•

•

•

refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness;

sell assets;

reduce or delay capital expenditures; or

seek to raise additional capital.

We  may  not  be  able  to  effect  any  of  these  actions  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  Our  ability  to
refinance our indebtedness will depend on our financial condition at the time, the restrictions in the instruments governing
our outstanding indebtedness and other factors, including market conditions.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure
our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Our debt agreements impose restrictions on our business, which could prevent us from pursuing business
opportunities and taking other desirable corporate actions, and may adversely affect our ability to respond
to changes in our business and manage our operations.

Our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing our 5.25% senior notes due 2024 (the "2024 Notes"),
our 4.875% senior notes due 2026 (the "2026 Notes") and our 4.625% senior notes due 2027 (the "2027 Notes" and,
together with the 2024 Notes, the "Senior Notes") contain covenants that, among other things, impose significant
restrictions on our business. The restrictions that these covenants place on us and our restricted subsidiaries collectively
include limitations on our and their ability to, among other things:

26

•

•

•

•

•

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock or otherwise disqualified stock;

create liens;

pay dividends, make investments or make other restricted payments;

sell assets;

merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

enter into transactions with our affiliates.

In  addition,  our  senior  credit  agreement  also  contains  financial  covenants,  including  covenants  requiring
maintenance of a consolidated leverage ratio, a secured leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio,
calculated in accordance with the terms of the senior credit agreement. A breach of any covenants under any one or
more of our debt agreements could result in a default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of
all of our debt. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter into
certain types of transactions.

We may issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into our common stock,

which could lower the price of our common stock.

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock or other instruments convertible into
our common stock. As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding approximately 46.0 million shares of our common
stock, options to purchase approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock (of which approximately 1.1 million
were vested as of that date), restricted stock units covering approximately 0.2 million shares of our common stock
(which are expected to vest over the next three years), performance stock units covering a maximum of 22,290 shares
of our common stock (which may vest in early 2021, depending on our performance with regard to specified financial
measures and market performance of our common stock compared to designated public companies) and approximately
1,767 shares of our common stock to be distributed from our deferred compensation plan. As of December 31, 2018,
3.6 million shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options. We cannot
predict the size of future issuances or the effect, if any, that they may have on the market price for our common stock.

If  we  issue  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  or  instruments  convertible  into  our  common  stock,  such
issuances may materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Furthermore, our issuance of shares
following the exercise of some or all of the outstanding stock options, as well as the vesting of restricted stock units
and some or all of the performance stock units will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders, and the
issuance and sale in the public market of such shares of our common stock could adversely affect prevailing market
prices of our common stock. 

Disruption  of  critical  information  systems  or  material  breaches  in  the  security  of  our  systems  may

adversely affect our business and customer relationships.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information in our day-to-
day operations. We also rely on our technology infrastructure, among other functions, to enable us to interact with
customers and suppliers, fulfill orders, generate invoices, collect and make payments, ship products, provide support
to  customers,  fulfill  contractual  obligations  and  otherwise  perform  business  functions.  Our  internal  information
technology systems, as well as those systems maintained by third-party providers, may be subjected to computer
viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access attempts, and cyber-attacks, any of which could result in data
leaks or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. Cyber-attacks
are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and in some cases have caused significant harm.  Although we have
taken numerous measures to protect our information systems and enhance data security, we cannot assure that these
measures will prevent security breaches that could have a significant impact on our business, reputation and financial
results. If we fail to monitor, maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity effectively or
fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to these systems, we could, among other things, lose
customers,  have  difficulty  preventing  fraud,  have  disputes  with  customers,  physicians  and  other  health  care
professionals, be subject to regulatory sanctions or penalties, incur expenses, lose revenues or suffer other adverse
consequences.  Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,
financial condition or cash flows.

27

Regulations related to conflict minerals have caused us to incur additional costs and may adversely affect

our business.

In 2012, the SEC promulgated rules under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as "conflict minerals," included in components
of products either manufactured by public companies or for which public companies have contracted to manufacture.
These rules require that we undertake due diligence efforts to determine whether such minerals originated from the
Democratic Republic of Congo (the “DRC”) or an adjoining country and, if so, whether such minerals helped finance
armed conflict in the DRC or an adjoining country. In accordance with applicable regulations, we have filed conflict
minerals reports annually, beginning in 2014.  As discussed in these reports, we have determined that certain of our
products contain the specified minerals, and we have undertaken, and continue to undertake, efforts to identify where
such minerals originated.  We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, costs associated with complying with
these disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the sources of the specified minerals used in
our products. These rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products.
Our customers may require that our products be free of conflict minerals, and our revenues and margins may be
adversely  affected  if  we  are  unable  to  provide  assurances  to  our  customers  that  our  products  are  “DRC  conflict
free” (generally, the product does not contain conflict minerals originating in the DRC or an adjoining country that
directly or indirectly finance or benefit specified armed groups) due to, among other things, our inability to procure
conflict free minerals at a reasonable price, or at all.  Moreover, we may be adversely affected if we are unable to pass
through any increased costs associated with meeting customer demands that we provide products that are DRC conflict
free.  We also may face reputational challenges if our due diligence efforts do not enable us to verify the origins of all
conflict minerals or to determine that any conflict minerals used in products we manufacture or in products manufactured
by others for us are DRC conflict-free.

Our operations expose us to the risk of material environmental and health and safety liabilities.

We are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety laws

governing, among other things:

•

•

•

the generation, storage, use and transportation of hazardous materials;

emissions or discharges of substances into the environment; and

the health and safety of our employees.

These laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time.
We cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and health
and safety laws, or our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances, which
may include claims for personal injury or cleanup, will not exceed our estimates or will not adversely affect our financial
condition and results of operations.

Our workforce covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements could cause interruptions in our

provision of products and services.

As of December 31, 2018, approximately 11% of our employees in the United States and in other countries were
covered by union contracts or collective bargaining arrangements. It is likely that a portion of our workforce will remain
covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements for the foreseeable future. Strikes or work stoppages could
occur that would adversely impact our relationships with our customers and our ability to conduct our business.

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only as our board of directors may declare out of
funds legally available for such payments. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common
stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial
condition, earnings, requirements under covenants in our debt instruments, legal requirements and other factors as
our board of directors deems relevant. We cannot assure that our cash dividend will not be reduced, or eliminated, in
the future.

28

Certain  provisions  of  our  corporate  governing  documents,  Delaware  law  and  our  senior  notes  could

discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition.

Provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  could  impede  a  merger,  takeover  or  other  business
combination involving us or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock. For
example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the number of shares in a
series, the consideration, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, terms of redemption, conversion or exchange rights
and voting rights, if any, of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus,
our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could
adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. We are also subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between
us and any holder of 15% or more of our common stock. These provisions could have the effect of delaying or deterring
a third party from acquiring us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our stockholders, and accordingly
could reduce the market price of our common stock.

Certain provisions in the indentures governing the Senior Notes could make it more difficult or more expensive
for a third party to acquire us. If an acquisition event constitutes a “change of control,” as defined in the indentures
governing the Senior Notes, holders of such notes will have the right to require us to purchase their notes in cash (in
the case of the 2027 Notes, the right will apply if the change in control is coupled with a ratings downgrade).  Our
obligations under the Senior Notes could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from
acquiring us or removing incumbent management, and accordingly could cause a reduction in the market price of our
common stock.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

29

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

We own or lease approximately 90 properties consisting of plants, engineering and research centers, distribution
warehouses, offices and other facilities. We believe that the properties are maintained in good operating condition and
are  suitable  for  their  intended  use.  In  general,  our  facilities  meet  current  operating  requirements  for  the  activities
currently conducted within the facilities.

Our major facilities (those with 50,000 or greater square feet) at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

Location
Olive Branch, MS
Kamunting, Malaysia
Nuevo Laredo, Mexico
Asheboro, NC
Reading, PA
Tongeren, Belgium
Morrisville, NC
Chihuahua, Mexico
Maple Grove, MN
Zdar Nad Sazauou, Czech Republic
Chihuahua, Mexico
Tecate, Mexico
Hradec Kralove, Czech Republic
Chelmsford, MA
Kulim, Malaysia
Kernen, Germany
Arlington Heights, IL
Wayne, PA
Jaffrey, NH
Kamunting, Malaysia
Chihuahua, Mexico
Chihuahua, Mexico
Limerick, Ireland
Mansfield, MA
Bad Liebenzell, Germany

Square
Footage
627,000
286,000
277,000
204,000
166,000
163,000
162,000
153,000
129,000
108,000
100,000
102,000
92,000
91,000
90,000
86,000
86,000
84,000
81,000
77,000
68,000
63,000
59,000
57,000
53,000

Owned or
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Leased
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Owned
Owned
Leased
Leased

Operations in each of our business segments are conducted at locations both in and outside of the United States.
Of the facilities listed above, with the exception of Jaffrey, NH, Mansfield, MA, and Limerick, Ireland, which are used
solely for the OEM segment, our facilities generally serve more than one business segment and are often used for
multiple purposes, such as administrative/sales, manufacturing and warehousing/distribution. 

In  addition  to  the  properties  listed  above,  we  own  or  lease  approximately  670,000  square  feet  of  additional

warehousing, manufacturing and office space in the North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Africa. 

30

 
ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These lawsuits and claims
include  actions  involving  product  liability  and  product  warranty,  intellectual  property,  contracts,  employment  and
environmental matters. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we accrued liabilities of $0.6 million and $3.8 million
respectively, in connection with these matters, representing our best estimate of the cost within the range of estimated
possible loss that will be incurred to resolve these matters. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel,
established reserves and other resources, we do not believe that any such actions are likely to be, individually or in
the aggregate, material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, in the event
of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters,
if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  See
Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

31

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TFX.”  As of February 19, 2019,
we had 473 holders of record of our common stock.  A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock
are beneficial owners whose shares are held by brokers and other financial institutions for the accounts of beneficial
owners.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph provides a comparison of five year cumulative total stockholder returns of Teleflex common
stock, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index. The
annual changes for the five-year period shown on the graph are based on the assumption that $100 had been invested
in Teleflex common stock and each index on December 31, 2013 and that all dividends were reinvested.

MARKET PERFORMANCE

Company / Index
Teleflex Incorporated

S&P 500 Index

S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment &

Supply Index

2013
100

100

100

2014
124

114

126

2015
143

115

134

2016
177

129

142

2017
275

157

186

2018
288

150

213

32

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Statement of Income Data:

Net revenues

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss

on extinguishment of debt and taxes

Income from continuing operations

Amounts attributable to common shareholders for

income from continuing operations

Per Share Data:

Income from continuing operations — basic

Income from continuing operations — diluted

Cash dividends

Balance Sheet Data:

Total assets

Long-term borrowings

Shareholders’ equity

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

2018(1)

2017(1)

2016(1)

2015(1)

2014(1)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

$ 2,448,383

$ 2,146,303

$ 1,868,027

$ 1,809,690

$ 1,839,832

$

$

$

$

$

$

321,704

196,432

196,432

4.30

4.20

1.36

$

$

$

$

$

$

372,279

155,263

155,263

3.45

3.33

1.36

$

$

$

$

$

$

319,453

237,651

237,187

5.47

4.98

1.36

$

$

$

$

$

$

315,891

236,808

235,958

5.68

4.91

1.36

$

$

$

$

$

$

284,862

191,460

190,388

4.60

4.10

1.36

$ 6,277,991

$ 6,181,492

$ 3,891,213

$ 3,871,774

$ 3,912,431

$ 2,072,200

$ 2,162,927

$

850,252

$

641,850

$

693,720

$ 2,539,978

$ 2,430,531

$ 2,137,517

$ 2,009,272

$ 1,911,309

Net cash provided by operating activities from

continuing operations

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing

operations

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from

continuing operations

$

435,086

$

426,301

$

410,590

$

303,446

$

290,241

$ (196,394) $ (1,832,855) $

(56,974) $ (154,848) $ (108,137)

$ (206,433) $ 1,141,259

$ (118,692) $

(85,583) $ (287,703)

Supplemental Data:

Free cash flow(2)

$

354,291

$

355,398

$

357,455

$

241,998

$

222,670

Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor differences.

(1) Amounts include the impact of businesses acquired during the period, commencing on the respective acquisition dates. See Note 4 to the

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

(2)  Free cash flow is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations.
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. This financial measure is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and should not be considered a substitute for
net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations, the most comparable GAAP financial measure. Management believes
that free cash flow is a useful measure to investors because it facilitates an assessment of funds available to satisfy current and future
obligations, pay dividends and fund acquisitions. We also use this financial measure for internal managerial purposes and to evaluate
period-to-period comparisons. Free cash flow is not a measure of cash available for discretionary expenditures since we have certain non-
discretionary obligations, such as debt service, that are not deducted from the measure. We strongly encourage investors to review our
financial statements and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following is a reconciliation
of free cash flow to the most comparable GAAP measure.

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing

operations

Less: Capital expenditures

Free cash flow

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 435,086 $ 426,301 $ 410,590 $ 303,446 $ 290,241

80,795

70,903

53,135

61,448

67,571

$ 354,291 $ 355,398 $ 357,455 $ 241,998 $ 222,670

33

 
ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a global provider of medical technology products focused on  enhancing clinical benefits, improving patient
and provider safety and reducing total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-
use medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures
in critical care and surgical applications. We market and sell our products worldwide through a combination of our
direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in numerous markets and for a variety of procedures,
we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure. We are focused on achieving consistent, sustainable
and profitable growth by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies.

We evaluate our portfolio of products and businesses on an ongoing basis to ensure alignment with our overall
objectives. Based on our evaluation, we may identify opportunities to expand our margins through strategic divestitures
of existing businesses and product lines that do not meet our objectives. In addition, we may seek to optimize utilization
of our facilities through restructuring initiatives designed to further reduce our cost base and enhance our competitive
position.   Finally, we may continue to explore opportunities to expand the size of our business and improve our margins
through a combination of acquisitions and distributor to direct sales conversions, which generally involve our elimination
of a distributor from the sales channel, either by acquiring the distributor or terminating the distributor relationship (in
some instances, particularly in Asia, the conversions involve our acquisition or termination of a master distributor and
the continued sale of our products through sub-distributors). Our distributor to direct sales conversions are designed
to facilitate improved product pricing and more direct access to the end users of our products within the sales channel.

In May 2018 and February 2019, we initiated restructuring plans primarily involving the relocation of certain
manufacturing  operations  to  existing  lower-cost  locations  and  related  workforce  reductions  (the  "2018  Footprint
realignment plan" and the “2019 Footprint realignment plan," respectively).  The 2018 Footprint realignment plan, which
also involves the outsourcing of certain European distribution operations, and the 2019 Footprint realignment plan are
expected to be substantially completed during 2024 and 2022, respectively.  For additional information on both of these
plans and a discussion of our other ongoing restructuring programs, see "Restructuring and impairment charges" under
“Results of Operations” below.

We have continued to expand our presence within the medical device industry through strategic acquisitions.
During 2018, we completed several acquisitions of businesses that complement our interventional and surgical product
portfolios.  The total fair value of the consideration transferred in connection with these acquisitions was $172.3 million,
which included initial payments of $117.6 million and contingent consideration having an estimated fair value of $54.7
million.  The contingent consideration liability represents the estimated fair value of the Company's obligations to make
additional payments if certain sales and regulatory goals are met.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we also completed several distributor to direct sales conversions.

The aggregate consideration we transferred in connection with these transactions was $4.9 million.

In October 2017, we completed the acquisition of NeoTract, Inc. ("NeoTract"), a medical device company that
developed and commercialized the UroLift System, a minimally invasive medical device for treating lower urinary tract
symptoms due to benign prostatic hyperplasia, or BPH.  We made initial payments of $725.6 million in cash less a
favorable working capital adjustment of $1.4 million and agreed to pay up to an additional $300 million in the aggregate
contingent if we achieve specified net sales goals through the end of 2020.  We made an additional payment of $75
million during 2018 as a result of the achievement of a sales goal for the period from January 1, 2018 to April 30, 2018.
In February 2017, we completed the acquisition of Vascular Solutions, Inc. (“Vascular Solutions”), a medical device
company that developed and marketed clinical products for use in minimally invasive coronary and peripheral vascular
procedures, for an aggregate purchase price of $975.5 million. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2017,
we completed acquisitions related to our anesthesia and respiratory product portfolios and distributor to direct sales
conversions. The total fair value of the consideration related to these acquisitions was $80.1 million.

U.S. Tax Legislation

U.S. tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted on December
22, 2017.  The legislation significantly changes United States (or  "U.S.") tax law by, among other things, reducing the
U.S.  corporate  income  tax  rate  from  a  maximum  of  35%  to  21%;  implementing  a  territorial  tax  system,  generally

34

providing for, among other things, a dividends received deduction on the foreign source portion of dividends received
from a foreign corporation if specified conditions are met; and imposing a one-time repatriation tax on undistributed
post-1986 earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries, which will be deemed repatriated for purposes of the tax. 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  SEC  staff  issued  Staff Accounting  Bulletin  No.  118  (“SAB  118”)  to  address  the
application of U.S. GAAP in situations where a company does not have the necessary information available, prepared,
or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of
the TCJA. SAB 118 states that in these circumstances, if the Company can determine a reasonable estimate for the
income tax effects, the SEC staff would not object if the company includes in its financial statements the reasonable
estimate it has determined (and the SEC staff also expressed its belief that it would not be appropriate for a company
to exclude a reasonable estimate from its financial statements to the extent a reasonable estimate has been determined).
We included a provisional $107.9 million net tax expense related to the deemed repatriated earnings and the revaluation
of deferred tax assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.

During 2018, we made adjustments to the provisional amounts for taxes on deemed repatriated earnings and the
revaluation  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  due  to  additional  analysis,  changes  in  interpretations  and  in  our
assumptions, and the issuance of additional regulatory guidance.  As prescribed under SAB 118, these adjustments
were identified and recorded as discrete adjustments in the period in which such changes were made. During 2018,
we recognized a net $2.3 million discrete tax benefit as a result of adjustments to the provisional tax impacts of the
TCJA included in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. These adjustments
included a $0.2 million reduction in the provisional tax on deemed repatriated earnings and a $2.1 million tax benefit
from changes in our revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. We completed our accounting for these impacts
during the fourth quarter 2018.

Health Care Reform

In 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as amended, the "Affordable Care Act") was signed into
law. The legislation is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage and improve the
quality and reduce the costs of healthcare. For medical device companies such as Teleflex, the expansion of medical
insurance coverage should lead to greater utilization of the products we manufacture, but the provisions of the legislation
designed to contain the cost of healthcare could negatively affect pricing of our products and encourage patient outcome
driven results. The overall impact of the Affordable Care Act on our business is yet to be determined, mainly due to
uncertainties around future customer behaviors, which we believe will be affected by reimbursement factors such as
insurance coverage, statistics, patient outcomes and patient satisfaction.  [Several legislative initiatives to repeal the
Affordable Care Act and adopt a form of replacement legislation were proposed, but not adopted, in 2017.  However,
the TCJA eliminated the individual mandate under the Affordable Care Act, which generally required most Americans
to maintain a minimum level of health insurance coverage.] As a result, the level of insurance premium prices for
participants in insurance exchanges under the Affordable Care Act is subject to increased uncertainty. Moreover, on
December 14, 2018, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate
provision of the Affordable Care Act is unconstitutional and the remainder of the act is invalid, although the Court stayed
its ruling pending appeal. The nature and effect of any modification or repeal of, or legislative substitution for, the
Affordable Care Act, any court decision regarding the act's validity and, generally, the longer-term viability of the act,
is uncertain.

The Affordable Care Act imposed a 2.3% excise tax on sales of medical devices, beginning in 2013. Although the

excise tax has been suspended through 2019, its status remains unclear for subsequent years. 

Global Economic Conditions

Global economic conditions in the past decade have had an adverse impact on market activities due to, among
other things, failure of financial institutions, falling asset values, diminished liquidity, reduced demand for products and
services and significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In response, we adjusted production levels
and engaged in new restructuring activities. We continue to review and evaluate our manufacturing, warehousing and
distribution  processes  to  maximize  efficiencies  through  the  elimination  of  redundancies  in  our  operations  and  the
consolidation of facilities. Although, on a consolidated basis, the consequences of economic conditions, other than
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, have not had a significant adverse impact on our financial position,
results of operations or liquidity, healthcare policies and practice trends vary by country, and the impact of the global
economic downturn was felt to varying degrees in each of our regional markets over the last several years. While there
generally has been some improvement in economic conditions recently, the degree of improvement has been uneven
among our regional markets, and the continuation of economic trends of uncertain economic growth, constricted credit,

35

public sector austerity measures in response to public budget deficits and foreign currency volatility, particularly with
respect to the euro, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our liquidity.  

In recent years, hospitals in some regions of the United States experienced a decline in admissions, a weaker
payor mix, and a reduction in elective procedures.  Consequently, hospitals took actions to reduce their costs, including
limiting  their  capital  spending.  Despite  recent  improvements  in  the  economic  environment,  challenges  persist,
particularly in some European countries, as discussed below. Approximately 95% of our net revenues come from
single-use products primarily used in critical care and surgical applications, and our sales volume could be negatively
impacted if hospital admission rates or payor mix change. Conversely, our sales volume could increase due to the
greater number of insured individuals as a result of the Affordable Care Act, which has had the effect of facilitating
medical  insurance  coverage  for  many  persons  who  previously  were  not  covered,  although,  as  noted  above,  the
Affordable Care Act may be subject to repeal, a final court determination of invalidity, further modification or replacement;
therefore, the longer-term viability of the act is uncertain.  

A number of European countries continue to contend with considerable government debt, annual deficits and high
levels of unemployment. Despite some indications of a more positive economic outlook in Europe, the prospects for
continued growth are uncertain, and the healthcare sector remains weak.  In particular, budgetary restraints among
European countries have led to cost control measures, such as delays in approvals for elective surgeries.The public
healthcare systems in certain countries in Western Europe, most notably Greece, Spain, Portugal and Italy, have
experienced  significantly  reduced  liquidity  due  to  recessionary  conditions,  which  continues  to  result  in  delays  in
payments to us by customers in these countries. Moreover, the impact of ongoing uncertainty regarding the impact of
the departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union and political developments in European nations could
have a profound economic effect in Europe and elsewhere. 

In Asia, we believe the economic outlook for the healthcare sector generally is positive.  However, a deceleration
of growth in the Chinese economy and recent US-China trade tensions have increased uncertainties within Asia.  In
addition, we continue to confront government-implemented price management and reimbursement controls, particularly
in China and India.  There also has been an increase in government initiatives to help local manufacturers access a
bigger share of the local market.  Moreover, many countries in the region have become more proactive with respect
to  regulatory  requirements,  and  as  a  result,  we  expect  longer,  costlier  and  more  complicated  regulatory  approval
processes in these countries.

In Latin America, some highly regulated economies such as Argentina, Brazil, and Venezuela have experienced
unusually high inflation rates and weakening currencies. This has impacted the budgets of the public healthcare systems
resulting in delays in the importation of medical devices.  Although Latin America does not represent a significant
portion of our business, our operations in this region may be adversely affected by these factors. 

Results of Operations

As used in this discussion, "new products" are products for which commercial sales have commenced within the
past 36 months, and “existing products” are products for which commercial sales commenced more than 36 months
ago.  Discussion of results of operations items that reference the effect of one or more acquired businesses (except
as noted below with respect to acquired distributors) generally reflects the impact of the acquisitions within the first 12
months following the date of the acquisition. In addition to increases and decreases in the per unit selling prices of our
products to our customers, our discussion of the impact of product price increases and decreases also reflects the
impact  on  the  pricing  of  our  products  resulting  from  any  elimination  of  distributors,  either  through  acquisition  or
termination of the distributor, from the sales channel. 

Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor differences. 

Revenues

Net Revenues

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

2,448.4 $

2,146.3 $

1,868.0

36

Comparison of 2018 and 2017 

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased 14.1%, or $302.1 million, compared to the prior
year. The increase is primarily attributable to net revenues of $165.1 million generated by acquired businesses, primarily
NeoTract, a $60.4 million increase in sales volumes of existing products and, to a lesser extent, an increase in new
product sales and favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Comparison of 2017 and 2016

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased 14.9%, or $278.3 million, compared to the prior
year.   The increase is primarily attributable to net revenues of $205.8 million generated by acquired businesses,
primarily Vascular Solutions and NeoTract and, to a lesser extent, an increase in new product sales.

Gross profit

Gross profit

Percentage of revenues

Comparison of 2018 and 2017

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

1,384.4

$

1,171.8

$

996.2

56.5%

54.6%

53.3%

For the year ended December 31, 2018, gross margin increased 190 basis points, or 3.5%, compared to the prior
year.  The increase in gross margin reflects the favorable impact of gross profit generated by acquired businesses,
primarily NeoTract, and the impact of favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.  Moreover, gross
margin for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflected the adverse impact of the step-up in carrying value of inventory
recognized in connection with the Vascular Solutions acquisition. 

Comparison of 2017 and 2016 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, gross margin increased 130 basis points, or 2.4%, compared to the prior
year. The increase in gross margin is primarily attributable to gross margin generated by acquired businesses, a more
favorable mix of products sold, cost improvement initiatives, including the 2016 and 2014 footprint realignment plans
described below and the impact of price increases. These increases were partially offset by the unfavorable $10.4
million  impact  of  the  step-up  in  carrying  value  of  inventory  recognized  in  connection  with  the  Vascular  Solutions
acquisition that adversely affected cost of goods sold upon sale of such inventory during 2017, as well as higher
logistics and distributions costs.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative

Percentage of revenues

Comparison of 2018 and 2017

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

878.7

$

700.0

$

563.3

35.9%

32.6%

30.2%

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $178.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2018
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to expenses incurred by our acquired businesses
(primarily NeoTract, which we acquired in October 2017), which consisted of a $49.4 million increase in contingent
consideration expense resulting from a change in the estimated fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities, a
$48.2 million increase in amortization expense and a $56.7 million increase in other operating expenses. The increases
were partially offset by a decrease in transaction and other non recurring expenses.

Comparison of 2017 and 2016

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $136.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2017
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to $108.3 million in expenses related to acquired
businesses and distributor to direct sales conversions, the unfavorable impact of increases in the fair value of contingent
consideration liabilities and unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

37

Research and development

Research and development

Percentage of revenues

Comparison of 2018 and 2017

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

106.2

$

84.8

$

4.3%

3.9%

58.6

3.1%

The increase in research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 is primarily attributable
to expenses incurred in connection with our interventional urology, anesthesia and interventional product portfolios.

Comparison of 2017 and 2016

The increase in research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 is primarily attributable
to  expenses  incurred  by  acquired  businesses,  primarily  Vascular  Solutions,  and  to  a  lesser  extent,  NeoTract.
Additionally, 2017 research and development expenses reflect increased spending on new product development with
respect to several of our segments.

Restructuring and impairment charges 

2019 Footprint realignment plan

In  February  2019,  we  initiated  a  restructuring  plan  primarily  involving  the  relocation  of  certain  manufacturing
operations to existing lower-cost locations and related workforce reductions (the “2019 Footprint realignment plan").
These actions are expected to be substantially completed during 2022.

We estimate that we will incur aggregate pre-tax restructuring and restructuring related charges in connection with
the 2019 Footprint realignment plan of $56 million to $70 million, of which, we expect $21 million to $26 million to be
incurred in 2019 and most of the balance is expected to be incurred prior to the end of 2021.  We estimate that $53
million to $66 million of these charges will result in cash outlays, of which, $8 million to $9 million is expected to be
made in 2019 and most of the balance is expected to be made by the end of 2021. Additionally, we expect to incur
$29 million to $35 million in aggregate capital expenditures under the plan, of which, $18 million to $22 million is
expected to be incurred during 2019 and most of the balance is expected to be incurred by the end of 2021.

We expect to begin realizing plan-related savings in 2021 and expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $12

million to $14 million once the plan is fully implemented.

Anticipated  charges  and  pre-tax  savings  related  to  restructuring  programs  and  other  similar  cost  savings

initiatives

In addition to the 2019 Footprint realignment plan, we have ongoing restructuring programs related to (i) the
integration of Vascular Solutions into Teleflex; (ii) the centralization of certain administrative functions in our EMEA
segment; (iii) the consolidation of our manufacturing operations (referred to as our 2018, 2016 and 2014 Footprint
realignment plans); and (iv) other restructuring programs designed to improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs.
See Note 5 to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in this report.  In addition, we have similar
ongoing activities to relocate certain manufacturing operations within our OEM segment ("the OEM initiative") that do
not meet the criteria for a restructuring program under applicable accounting guidance, but the activities should result
in cost savings (we expect only minimal costs to be incurred).  With respect to our restructuring programs and OEM
initiative, the table below summarizes (1) the estimated total charges that will be incurred and the estimated annual
pre-tax savings once the programs are completed; (2) the charges incurred and estimated annual pre-tax savings
realized through December 31, 2018; and (3) the estimated charges to be incurred and the estimated incremental
annual pre-tax savings to be realized for these programs and OEM initiative through December 31, 2018 and from
January 1, 2019 through their respective anticipated completion dates. As used in the table, "pre-tax savings" include
(1) anticipated cost savings with respect to our historical expense items and (2) anticipated efficiencies to be realized
with respect to costs that otherwise would have resulted from business acquisitions.

Estimated charges and pre-tax savings are subject to change based on, among other things, the nature and timing
of restructuring activities and similar activities, changes in the scope of restructuring programs and the OEM initiative,
unanticipated  expenditures  and  other  developments,  the  effect  of  additional  acquisitions  or  dispositions,  failure  to
realize anticipated savings from a supply contract related to a component included in certain kits sold by our Vascular

38

North America and Anesthesia North America segments, and other factors that were not reflected in the assumptions
made by management in previously estimating restructuring and restructuring related charges and estimated pre-tax
savings.   Moreover, estimated pre-tax savings constituting efficiencies with respect to increased costs that otherwise
would have resulted from business acquisitions involve, among other things, assumptions regarding the cost structure
and  integration  of  businesses  that  previously  were  not  administered  by  our  management,  which  are  subject  to  a
particularly high degree of risk and uncertainty.  It is likely that estimates of charges and pre-tax savings will change
from time to time, and the table below reflects changes from amounts previously estimated.  In addition, the table
below does not include estimated charges and pre-tax savings related to completed programs.

Pre-tax savings can also be affected by increases or decreases in sales volumes generated by the businesses
impacted by the consolidation of manufacturing operations; such variations in revenues can increase or decrease pre-
tax savings generated by the consolidation of manufacturing operations. For example, an increase in sales volumes
generated by the impacted businesses, although likely increasing manufacturing costs, may generate additional savings
with respect to costs that otherwise would have been incurred if the manufacturing operations were not consolidated.

Restructuring charges
Restructuring related charges (1)

Total charges

OEM initiative pre-tax savings
Pre-tax savings (2)

Total pre-tax savings

Restructuring programs and other similar cost saving initiatives

Estimated Total

$131 - $150

140 - 171

$271 - $321

$6 - $7

118 - 130

$124 - $137

Through 
December 31, 2018

(Dollars in millions)
$102

58

$160

$1

68

$69

Estimated Remaining from
January 1, 2019 through 
December 31, 2026

$29 - $48

82 - 113

$111 - $161

$5 - $6

50 - 62

$55 - $68

(1) Restructuring  related  charges  represent  costs  that  are  directly  related  to  the  programs  and  principally  constitute  costs  to  transfer
manufacturing operations to the new locations, project management costs and accelerated depreciation, as well as a charge associated
with our exit from facilities that is expected to be imposed by the taxing authority in the affected jurisdiction. Most of these changes (other
than the tax charge) are expected to be recognized in cost of goods sold.

(2) Approximately 70% of the pre-tax savings are expected to result in reductions to cost of goods sold.  As previously disclosed, during
2016, in connection with our execution of the 2014 Footprint realignment plan, we implemented changes to medication delivery devices
included in certain of our kits, which are expected to result in increased product costs (and therefore reduce the annual savings we
anticipated at the inception of the program).  However, we also expect to achieve improved pricing on these kits that will offset the increased
costs, resulting in estimated annual increased revenues of $3 million to $4 million, which is not reflected in the table above.  Since 2017,
we have realized an aggregate benefit of $2.4 million resulting from this incremental pricing.  More recently, during the fourth quarter of
2017, we entered into an agreement with an alternate provider for the development and supply of a component to be included in certain
kits  sold  by  our  Vascular  North America  and Anesthesia  North America  operating  segments. The  agreement  will  result  in  increased
development costs but is expected to reduce the cost of the component supply, once the supply becomes commercially available, as
compared to the costs incurred with respect to our current suppliers. Therefore, we anticipate a net savings from the agreement, which
is reflected in the table above. See “2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan” below for additional information. 

The following discussion provides additional details with respect to our restructuring programs for which we incurred
restructuring charges in 2018:

2018 Footprint realignment plan

On  May  1,  2018,  we  initiated  a  restructuring  plan  involving  the  relocation  of  certain  European  manufacturing
operations to existing lower-cost locations, the outsourcing of certain European distribution operations and related
workforce reductions. These actions commenced in the second quarter 2018 and are expected to be substantially
completed by the end of 2024.

We estimate that we will incur aggregate pre-tax restructuring and restructuring related charges in connection with
the 2018 Footprint realignment plan of $102 million to $133 million, of which, we estimate that $99 million to $127
million of these charges will result in future cash outlays.  Additionally, we expect to incur $19 million to $23 million in
aggregate capital expenditures under the plan, most of which we expect to be incurred by the end of 2021.

We began realizing plan-related savings in 2018 and expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $25 million to

$30 million once the plan is fully implemented.

39

2016 Footprint realignment plan

In  2016, we initiated a restructuring plan involving the relocation of certain manufacturing operations, the relocation
and outsourcing of certain distribution operations and a related workforce reduction at certain of our facilities (the "2016
Footprint realignment plan"). These actions commenced in the first quarter 2016 and were substantially completed by
the end of 2018. 

2014 Footprint realignment plan

In April 2014, we initiated a restructuring plan (the "2014 Footprint realignment plan") involving the consolidation
of operations and a related reduction in workforce at certain facilities, and the relocation of manufacturing operations
from certain higher-cost locations to existing lower-cost locations.  We estimate that we will incur aggregate pre-tax
charges in connection with the 2014 Footprint realignment plan of approximately $47 million to $52 million.  Additionally,
we estimate that we will achieve annual pre-tax savings of $26 million to $29 million and we expect the plan will be
substantially complete by the end of 2021.

2017 Vascular Solutions integration and EMEA restructuring programs

During  the  first  quarter  2017,  the  Company  committed  to  restructuring  programs  related  to  the  integration  of
Vascular Solutions into Teleflex and to the centralization of certain administrative functions in Europe.  Both programs
were  substantially  completed  during  2018  and  as  a  result,  the  Company  expects  future  restructuring  expenses
associated with the program, if any, to be nominal. 

The following table provides information regarding restructuring charges we have incurred with respect to each of
our restructuring programs, as well as impairment charges, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016.
The restructuring charges listed in the table primarily consist of termination benefits.

2018 Footprint realignment plan

2017 Vascular Solutions integration program

2017 EMEA restructuring program

2016 Footprint realignment plan

2014 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs(1)
Impairment charges (2)
Total

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

55.0 $

0.6

0.7

2.9

0.8

0.1

— $
5.5

5.2

2.1

0.7

1.3

19.1
79.2 $

—
14.8 $

$

—

—

—

12.5

0.1

3.2

43.4

59.2

(1) Other restructuring programs include the Other 2016 restructuring programs (in 2017 and 2016) and the 2017 Pyng Integration program
(in 2018 2017). We committed to the 2017 Pyng Integration program during the second quarter 2017, following our acquisition of Pyng
Medical Corp in April 2017.  Each of these programs were substantially completed as of December 31, 2018.

(2)

Impairment charges recognized in 2018 included $17.2 million related to certain intellectual property and other assets associated with
products that were eliminated from our interventional product portfolio. Impairment charges recognized in 2016 included $41.0 million
related to a discontinued intellectual property research and development (IPR&D) project and two properties that were sold during the
first quarter 2017.

Interest expense 

Interest expense

Average interest rate on debt during the year

Comparison of 2018 and 2017

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

103.0

$

82.5

$

4.25%

3.70%

54.9

3.80%

The increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the prior year was primarily
due to an increase in average debt outstanding resulting from additional borrowings under our principal credit facility,
as well as the November 2017 issuance of our 4.625% Senior Notes due 2027 ("2027 Notes").  The increase in interest
expense was also the result of a higher average interest rate on our debt.

40

Comparison of 2017 and 2016

The increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year was primarily
due to an increase in average debt outstanding, mainly attributable to borrowings under our senior credit agreement
(the "Credit Agreement") that were utilized to fund the Vascular Solutions and NeoTract acquisitions, offset by a slight
decline in the average interest rate on debt.

Loss on extinguishment of debt 

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

$

— $

5.6 $

19.3

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the loss on the extinguishment of debt was related to our
repurchases  or  the  conversion  of  portions  of  the  $400  million  principal  amount  of  our  3.875%  convertible  senior
subordinated notes (the "Convertible Notes") that were issued in 2010 and matured in August 2017.

Gain on sale of assets

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

Gain on sale of assets

$

1.4 $

— $

4.4

During the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2016, we recognized a gain on the sale of a land parcel and on

the sale of buildings, respectively.

Taxes on income from continuing operations 

Effective income tax rate

2018

2017

2016

10.6%

45.5%

3.3%

We generate substantial earnings from our international operations. Most of the international jurisdictions in which
we file tax returns historically have had statutory tax rates that are lower than the United States statutory tax rate; as
a result, our consolidated effective income tax rate for 2017 (excluding the impact of the TCJA) and earlier years has
been  substantially  below  the  United  States  statutory  tax  rate. The  principal  international  jurisdictions  in  which  the
statutory tax rate in 2017 and earlier years is lower than the United States statutory tax rate and from which we derive
substantial earnings include Ireland, Bermuda, Luxembourg, Germany and Italy.  

 Despite the TCJA's reduction of the United States corporate income tax rate, we continue to have a consolidated
effective income tax rate that is below the newly enacted statutory tax rate due to the lower tax rates applicable to our
foreign operations in many of the relevant international jurisdictions. The principal international jurisdictions in which
the statutory tax rate in 2018 is lower than the United States statutory tax rate and from which we derive substantial
earnings include Ireland and Bermuda. However, changes to either the currently enacted United States tax rates or
international statutory tax rates could affect our effective income tax rate in the future.  

Comparison of 2018 and 2017

The effective income tax rate for 2018 was 10.6% compared to 45.5% for 2017. Taxes on income from continuing
operations in 2018 were $23.2 million compared to $129.6 million in 2017. The effective income tax rate for 2018 was
impacted by the reduction of the United States corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to 21% as a result
of the TCJA.  Additionally, the effective tax rate for 2018 was impacted by a net excess tax benefit related to share-
based compensation and a tax cost associated with a non-deductible contingent consideration expense recognized
in connection with an increase in the fair value of the NeoTract contingent consideration liability. See Note 14 to the
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Comparison of 2017 and 2016

The effective income tax rate in 2017 was 45.5% compared to 3.3% in 2016. Taxes on income from continuing
operations in 2017 were $129.6 million compared to $8.1 million in 2016. The effective income tax rate for 2017 was
impacted by a net tax expense of $107.9 million resulting from the enactment of the TCJA. The $107.9 million net tax

41

expense reflects a tax expense of $154.0 million for the deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings, partially
offset by a $46.1 million tax benefit resulting from the reassessment and revaluation of the net deferred tax liabilities.
Additionally,  the  effective  tax  rate  for  2017  was  impacted  by  a  net  excess  tax  benefit  related  to  share-based
compensation and a benefit resulting from the expiration of various statutes of limitation. 

Segment Results

Segment Net Revenues

Vascular North America

Interventional North America

Anesthesia North America

Surgical North America

EMEA

Asia

OEM

All other

Year Ended December 31

% Increase/(Decrease)

2018

2017

2016

2018 vs 2017

2017 vs 2016

(Dollars in millions)

$

329.5

$

313.6

$

261.6

205.1

166.3

603.8

286.9

206.0

389.2

220.6

198.0

175.2

552.7

269.2

183.0

234.0

295.2

82.4

198.8

172.2

510.9

249.4

161.0

198.1

5.1

18.6

3.6

(5.1)

9.2

6.6

12.6

66.4

14.1

6.2

167.6

(0.4)

1.7

8.2

7.9

13.7

18.1

14.9

Segment Net Revenues

$

2,448.4

$

2,146.3

$

1,868.0

Segment Operating Profit

Year Ended December 31,

% Increase/(Decrease)

2018

2017

2016

2018 vs 2017

2017 vs 2016

Vascular North America

Interventional North America

Anesthesia North America

Surgical North America

EMEA

Asia

OEM

All other

(Dollars in millions)

$

98.5

$

77.0

$

62.3

61.2

62.9

106.1

78.1

50.3

(29.1)

26.0

62.9

63.9

92.4

75.6

41.6

11.2

77.1

13.3

55.6

56.6

84.4

75.7

33.6

26.5

Segment Operating Profit(1)

$

490.3

$

450.6

$

422.8

27.9

139.7

(2.8)

(1.6)

14.8

3.3

21.0

(360.7)

8.8

(0.1)

95.8

13.2

12.9

9.5

(0.2)

23.6

(57.9)

6.6

(1) See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of segment operating

profit to our consolidated income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes.

Comparison of 2018 and 2017 

Vascular North America

Vascular North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $15.9 million, or 5.1%,
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to an $8.0 million increase in sales volumes of existing
products, a $5.6 million increase in new product sales and, to a lesser extent, price increases.

Vascular North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $21.5 million, or 27.9%,
compared to the prior year.  The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher
sales and lower manufacturing costs as well as lower operating expenses.

Interventional North America

Interventional North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $41.0 million, or
18.6%, compared to the prior year.  The increase is primarily attributable to net revenues of $20.6 million generated
by acquired businesses (primarily Vascular Solutions) as well as increases in new product sales and in sales volumes
of existing products.

42

Interventional North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $36.3 million, or
139.7%,  compared  to  the  prior  year.  The  increase  is  primarily  attributable  to  gross  profit  generated  by  acquired
businesses (primarily Vascular Solutions). In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2017, Interventional North
America gross profit reflected the adverse effect of the step-up in carrying value of inventory recognized in connection
with the Vascular Solutions acquisition.

Anesthesia North America

Anesthesia North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $7.1 million, or 3.6%,
compared to the prior year.  The increase is primarily attributable to a $5.9 million increase in new product sales as
well as an increase in sales volumes of existing products partially offset by price decreases.

Anesthesia North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $1.7 million, or 2.8%,
compared to the prior year despite an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales and lower manufacturing
costs due to higher research and development expenses.  Additionally, in 2017, we recognized a $6.4 million gain due
to a favorable ruling in a lawsuit involving an insurance provider. 

Surgical North America

Surgical North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $8.9 million, or 5.1%,
compared to the prior year.  The decrease is due to a $10.2 million decline in sales volumes of existing products
partially offset by an increase in new product sales.

Surgical North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $1.0 million, or 1.6%,
compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in gross profit resulting from lower
sales largely offset by lower operating expenses, including a reduction in expenses resulting from a decrease in the
estimated fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $51.1 million, or 9.2%, compared to the
prior year.  The increase is primarily attributable to favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates of $24.5
million as well as price increases of $13.8 million.

EMEA operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $13.7 million, or 14.8%, compared to the
prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit reflecting higher sales and favorable
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.  The increases in gross profit were partially offset by higher operating
costs, including selling and amortization expenses.

Asia

Asia net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $17.7 million, or 6.6%, compared to the prior
year. The increase was primarily attributable to a $9.3 million increase in sales volumes of existing products, a $6.0
million increase in new product sales and net revenues generated by acquired businesses.

Asia operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $2.5 million, or 3.3%, compared to the prior
year.  The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales as well as
favorable  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  partially  offset  by  unfavorable  product  mix  and  higher
operating costs.  

OEM

OEM net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $23.0 million, or 12.6%, compared to the
prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to a $16.5 million increase in sales volumes of existing products and
an acceleration in the timing of revenue recognition in accordance with newly-adopted accounting guidance.

OEM operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $8.7 million, or 21.0%, compared to the
prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales partially offset
by higher manufacturing costs.

43

All other

Net revenues for our other businesses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $155.2 million, or 66.4%,
compared to the prior year.  The increase is primarily attributable to net revenues generated by acquired businesses
(principally NeoTract).

Operating  profit  for  our  other  businesses  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018  decreased  $40.3  million,  or
360.7%, compared to the prior year.  The decrease is primarily attributable to expense resulting from an increase in
the estimated fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities and amortization expense, both of which are primarily
related to NeoTract, partially offset by gross profit generated by NeoTract.

Comparison of 2017 and 2016 

Vascular North America

Vascular North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $18.4 million, or 6.2%,
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to a $7.9 million net increase in sales volumes of
existing products, a $6.7 million increase in new product sales and price increases.

Vascular North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $0.1 million, or 0.1%,
compared to the prior year. The decrease is primarily attributable to higher general and administrative expenses, as
well as higher research and development expenses. In addition, operating profit in 2016 reflected a benefit resulting
from the reversal of contingent consideration liabilities. The decreases were partially offset by an increase in gross
profit resulting from an increase in sales, lower manufacturing costs and increases in prices and new product sales.

Interventional North America

Interventional North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $138.2 million, or
167.6%, compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to net revenues of $127.9 million generated
by Vascular Solutions.

Interventional North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $12.7 million, or
95.8%, compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to gross profit generated by Vascular Solutions,
which was partially offset by higher operating expenses, including expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition
and ongoing operations of Vascular Solutions.

Anesthesia North America

Anesthesia North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $0.8 million, or 0.4%,
compared to the prior year. The decrease is primarily attributable to a $10.1 million decrease in sales volumes of
existing products partially offset by net revenues generated by an acquired business and an increase in new product
sales.

Anesthesia North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $7.3 million, or 13.2%,
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to a gain of $6.4 million resulting from a favorable
ruling in a lawsuit involving an insurance provider.

Surgical North America

Surgical North America net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $3.0 million, or 1.7%,
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to a $3.0 million increase in new product sales and
price increases of $2.6 million, partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease in sales volumes of existing products.

Surgical North America operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $7.3 million, or 12.9%,
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from lower
manufacturing costs and increases in prices and new product sales, partially offset by sales volume decreases. The
increase  in  operating  profit  is  also  attributable  to  lower  expense  associated  with  the  revaluation  of  contingent
consideration liabilities.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $41.8 million, or 8.2%, compared to the
prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to net revenues of $20.5 million generated by acquired businesses

44

(primarily Vascular Solutions), favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and an increase in new product
sales.

EMEA operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $8.0 million, or 9.5%, compared to the
prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to gross profit generated by acquired businesses, primarily Vascular
Solutions, as well as an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales. These increases were partially offset by
the impact of unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and higher operating expenses, primarily
resulting from costs incurred by Vascular Solutions.

Asia

Asia net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $19.8 million, or 7.9%, compared to the prior
year. The increase was primarily attributable to net revenues of $7.5 million generated by acquired businesses (primarily
Vascular Solutions), as well as increases in sales volumes of existing products, new product sales and price increases.
We experienced a decline in sales of certain product lines in China during 2017 as a result of a distributor to direct
sales conversion, as we implemented a new structure to support product sales. However, this decline was more than
offset by a net increase in sales volumes in the remainder of the Asia segment. 

Asia operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $0.1 million, or 0.2%, compared to the
prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to higher selling, general and administrative expenses, including
those incurred in connection with the distributor to direct sales conversion and related arbitration in China that was
settled in February 2018, costs incurred by Vascular Solutions and unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange
rates. The decreases were partially offset by an increase in gross profit generated by acquired businesses (primarily
Vascular Solutions) as well as an increase in gross profit resulting from price increases.

OEM

OEM net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $22.0 million, or 13.7%, compared to the
prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to a $10.4 million increase in sales volumes of existing products, net
revenues of $7.7 million generated by an acquired business and to a lesser extent an increase in new product sales.

OEM operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $8.0 million, or 23.6%, compared to the
prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales and gross
profit generated by an acquired business. This increase was partially offset by higher operating expenses including
those incurred by the acquired business as well as selling expenses.

All other

Net revenues for the other businesses for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $35.9 million, or 18.1%,
compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to net revenues of $37.1 million generated by NeoTract.

Operating  profit  for  the  other  businesses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  decreased  $15.3  million,  or
57.9%, compared to the prior year. The decrease is primarily attributable to higher operating expenses resulting from
the NeoTract acquisition, including transaction fees and related expenses, which were partially offset by gross profit
generated by the NeoTract acquisition.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing
activities. Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows. In addition to operating cash flows, other significant
factors that affect our overall management of liquidity include: capital expenditures, acquisitions, pension funding,
dividends, taxes, scheduled principal and interest payments with respect to outstanding indebtedness, adequacy of
available bank lines of credit and access to capital markets.

We believe our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our revolving
credit facility (which is provided for under the Credit Agreement) and accounts receivable securitization facility will
enable us to fund our operating requirements, capital expenditures and debt obligations for the next 12 months and
the foreseeable future.

45

Of our $357.2 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2018, $299.2 million was held at non-United
States  subsidiaries.    We  manage  our  worldwide  cash  requirements  by  monitoring  the  funds  available  among  our
subsidiaries and determining the extent to which we can access those funds on a cost effective basis.

The TCJA significantly changes U.S. tax law by, among other things, imposing a one-time repatriation tax on
undistributed post-1986 earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries.  Previously, we were not taxed on foreign earnings
deemed to be permanently invested overseas. Under the TCJA, we will have to pay $153.8 million over eight years
for the deemed repatriation of foreign earnings, regardless of whether such earnings are actually repatriated, of which,
we paid $12.6 million during 2018. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K for additional information.  As a result of the repatriation tax provisions of the TCJA, we anticipate that,
generally, we will be able to access cash located at our foreign subsidiaries without incurring any additional U.S. federal
income tax liabilities.  We are not aware of any other restrictions on repatriation of these funds and, subject to cash
payment of additional foreign withholding taxes, these funds could be repatriated, if necessary.

We  have  not  experienced  significant  payment  defaults  by  our  customers  and  we  have  sufficient  lending
commitments in place to enable us to fund our anticipated operating needs. However, as discussed above in "Global
Economic Conditions", although there have been recent improvements in certain countries, global financial markets
remain volatile and the global credit markets are constrained, which creates risk that our customers and suppliers may
be unable to access liquidity. Consequently, we continue to monitor our credit risk, particularly with respect to customers
in Greece, Italy, Portugal and Spain, as well as consider other risk mitigation strategies.  In December 2018, we sold
$12.7 million of receivables payable from publicly funded hospitals in Italy and Portugal for $12.6 million.

 As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our net trade accounts receivable from publicly funded hospitals in Greece,
Italy, Portugal and Spain were $13.6 million and $24.7 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018,
2017 and 2016, net revenues from customers in these countries were approximately 6%, 6% and 7%, respectively,
of our total net revenues, and average days that current and long-term trade accounts receivable with respect to these
customers were outstanding were 121, 154 and 182 days, respectively.  As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, net
current and long-term trade accounts receivable from these countries were approximately 11% and 15%, respectively,
of our consolidated net current and long-term trade accounts receivable. If economic conditions in these countries
deteriorate,  we  may  experience  significant  credit  losses  related  to  the  public  hospital  systems  in  these  countries.
Moreover, if global economic conditions generally deteriorate, we may experience further delays in customer payments,
reductions in our customers’ purchases and higher credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and cash flows in 2019 and future years. See "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" below
for additional information regarding the critical accounting estimates related to our accounts receivable.

On October 4, 2018, we executed cross-currency swap agreements with six financial institution counterparties
to  hedge  against  the  effect  of  variability  in  the  U.S.  dollar  to  euro  exchange  rate.    Under  the  terms  of  the  swap
agreements, we notionally exchanged $500 million at an interest rate of 4.625% for €433.9 million at an interest rate
of 1.942%.  The swap agreements, which expire on October 4, 2023, are designated as net investment hedges and
require an exchange of the notional amounts upon expiration or the earlier termination of the agreements.  We and
the counterparties have agreed to effect the exchange through a net settlement.  As a result, we may be required to
pay (or be entitled to receive) an amount equal to the difference, on the expiration or earlier termination date, between
the U.S. dollar equivalent of the €433.9 million notional amount and the $500 million notional amount.  If, at the expiration
or earlier termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro currency exchange rate has declined by 10%
from the rate in effect on October 4, 2018 (at that date, the exchange rate was 1.15 U.S. dollar per euro), we would
be required to pay to the counterparties an aggregate of approximately $50 million in respect of the notional settlement.
The swap agreements entail risk that the counterparties will not fulfill their obligations under the agreements.  However,
we believe the risk is reduced because we have entered into separate agreements with six different counterparties,
all of whom are large, well-established financial institutions.  Based on the U.S. dollar to euro currency exchange rate
in effect on October 4, 2018, and assuming exchange rates remain constant throughout the five year term of the swap
agreements, we would realize a reduction in annual cash interest paid of $13.4 million. 

We may at any time, from time to time, repurchase our outstanding debt securities in open market purchases, via
tender offers or in privately negotiated transactions, exchange transactions or otherwise, at such price or prices as we
deem appropriate.  Such purchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity
requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors and may be commenced or suspended at any time.

See "Financing Arrangements" below as well as Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included in this

Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information related to our borrowings. 

46

Cash Flows

The following table provides a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in millions)

Cash flows from continuing operations provided by (used in):

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Cash flows used in discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

$

435.1 $

426.3 $

(196.4)

(206.4)

2.3

(11.0)

(1,832.9)

1,141.3

(6.4)

61.5

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

$

23.6 $

(210.2) $

410.6

(57.0)

(118.7)

(2.1)

(27.4)

205.4

Comparison of 2018 and 2017

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $435.1 million during 2018 and $426.3
million during 2017. The $8.8 million increase is attributable to favorable operating results partially offset by higher
income tax payments in 2018 as compared to 2017 and a net unfavorable impact of changes in working capital. The
net unfavorable impact from changes in working capital was due a net increase in inventories and a net increase in
accounts receivable, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities.

The increase in inventories for 2018 was $37.2 million compared to an increase of $22.4 million for 2017.  The net
increase in inventories is attributable to higher inventory purchases associated with ongoing business growth, primarily
within our Interventional Urology business. The increase in accounts receivable for 2018 was $23.4 million compared
to an increase of $11.0 million for 2017.  The net increase in accounts receivable is attributable to higher net revenues
during 2018 and a decrease in receivables outstanding sold during 2018 as compared to 2017.  In December 2018,
we sold $12.7 million of receivables outstanding with publicly funded hospitals in Italy and Portugal compared to 2017
when we sold $16.1 million of outstanding receivables related to public hospitals in Italy.  The increase in accounts
payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities for 2018 was $63.4 million compared to an increase of $39.0 million
for  2017.  The  increase  is  attributable  to  increased  restructuring  activity  primarily  related  to  the  2018  Footprint
realignment plan partially offset by lower payroll related accruals.   

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $196.4 million during 2018, which includes a
cash outflow for payments related to the acquisition of businesses and intangible assets of $121.0 million and capital
expenditures of $80.8 million.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations was $206.4 million during 2018, which includes
borrowing repayments of $128.5 million, contingent consideration payments of $73.2 million and dividend payments
of $62.2 million, partially offset by proceeds from new borrowings of $35.0 million and share based compensation and
related tax benefits of $22.7 million.

Comparison of 2017 and 2016

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $426.3 million during 2017 and $410.6
million during 2016. The $15.7 million increase is attributable to favorable operating results partially offset by a net
cash outflow for income taxes resulting primarily from a tax refund received in 2016. Excluding income taxes, the net
impact of the working capital changes was consistent in 2017 as compared to 2016; an increase in inventories was

47

offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, and to a lesser extent, a net decrease in prepaid
expenses and other current assets. The increase in inventories for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $22.4
million compared to a decrease of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase is attributable to
inventory purchases to achieve desired safety stock levels as well as inventory from a former Chinese distributor that
was returned to us during 2017 in connection with the settlement of an arbitration proceeding between the distributor
and us. The net increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses was $39.0 million for the year ended December
31, 2017 as compared to an increase of $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016; the increase is primarily
attributable to an increase in payroll and benefit related accruals.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $1.8 billion during 2017, primarily resulting
from  $1.8  billion  in  payments  for  businesses  acquired,  principally  Vascular  Solutions  and  NeoTract;  and  capital
expenditures of $70.9 million, which were partially offset by proceeds of $6.3 million from the sale of two properties,
one of which was a building that had been previously classified as held for sale.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  from  continuing  operations  was  $1.1  billion  during  2017,  primarily
resulting from a net increase in borrowings of $1.2 billion. Our borrowings under the Credit Agreement included $1.0
billion  to  finance  the  Vascular  Solutions  acquisition,  together  with  related  fees  and  expenses,  and  $725  million  to
finance the NeoTract acquisition. In addition, we sold $500 million in principal amount of our 4.625% senior notes due
2027 (the "2027 Notes"). These increases were partially offset by our repayments of 1.1 billion of borrowings under
the  Credit Agreement. Additionally,  we  had  a  $136.1  million  reduction  in  borrowings  under  the  Convertible  Notes
resulting from exchange transactions, and payment upon maturity of all remaining Convertible Notes outstanding.

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations was also impacted by dividend payments
of $61.2 million and debt issuance and amendment fees of $26.7 million, which included fees paid in connection with
our entry into the Credit Agreement, the issuance of the 2027 Notes and a bridge facility and backstop commitment
that was put in place to assist with the financing of the Vascular Solutions acquisition, but was never utilized because
the required financing was provided under the Credit Agreement.

Financing Arrangements

The following table provides our net debt to total capital ratio:

Net debt includes:

Current borrowings

Long-term borrowings

Unamortized debt issuance costs

Total debt

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total capital includes:

Net debt

Shareholders’ equity

Total capital

Percent of net debt to total capital

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

86.6

$

86.6

2,072.2

17.7

2,176.5

357.2

1,819.3

1,819.3

2,540.0

2,162.9

20.5

2,270.0

333.6

1,936.4

1,936.4

2,430.5

$

4,359.3

$

4,366.9

41.7%

44.3%

Fixed rate debt comprised 52.8% and 50.7% of total debt at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The
increase in fixed rate borrowings as a percentage of total borrowings as of December 31, 2018 compared to the fixed
rate borrowings as of December 31, 2017 is due a decrease in outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facility
resulting from debt repayments.

Senior credit facility

48

 
On January 20, 2017, we amended and restated our then-existing senior credit agreement by entering into an
amended and restated credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”).  The Credit Agreement provides for a five-year
revolving credit facility of $1.0 billion and a term loan facility of $750.0 million. The term loan facility and borrowings
under  the  revolving  credit  facility  were  used  to  finance  the  acquisitions  of  Vascular  Solutions  and,  subsequently,
NeoTract,  as  described  above.  The  obligations  under  the  Credit  Agreement  are  guaranteed  (subject  to  certain
exceptions and limitations) by substantially all of our material domestic subsidiaries and are secured by a lien on
substantially all of our and each guarantor's owned assets.  The revolving credit facility and the term loan facility will
mature on January 20, 2022 and February 17, 2022, respectively. At December 31, 2018, we had $293.0 million in
borrowings outstanding and approximately $2.1 million in outstanding standby letters of credit under our $1.0 billion
revolving credit facility.

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and covenants that, among other things
and subject to certain exceptions, place limitations on our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur additional
indebtedness, create additional liens, enter into a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, dispose of certain assets,
make certain investments or acquisitions, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, enter into swap agreements
or enter into transactions with affiliates.  Additionally, the Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require
us to maintain a consolidated total leverage ratio (generally, Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness, as defined in
the Credit Agreement, on the determination date to Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, for the
four  most  recent  fiscal  quarters  ending  on  or  preceding  the  date  of  determination)  of  not  more  than  4.50  to  1,  a
consolidated senior secured leverage ratio (generally, Consolidated Senior Secured Funded Indebtedness, as defined
in the Credit Agreement, on the date of determination to Consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent fiscal quarters
ending on or preceding the date of determination) of not more than 3.50 to 1 and a consolidated interest coverage
ratio (generally, Consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent quarters ending on or preceding the date of determination
to Consolidated Interest Expense, as defined in the Credit Agreement, paid in cash for such period) of not less than
3.50 to 1. As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the covenants of our Senior credit facility.

See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional

information regarding the Credit Agreement.

2024, 2026 and 2027 Senior Notes

As of December 31, 2018, the outstanding principal amount of our 5.25% senior notes due 2024 (the "2024 Notes"),
our 4.875% senior notes due 2026 (the "2026 Notes") and the 2027 Notes (collectively, the "Senior Notes") was $250.0,
$400.0 million and $500.0 million, respectively. The indentures governing the 2024 Notes and 2026 Notes contain
covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability of our
subsidiaries, to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock or other disqualified stock, create liens, merge, consolidate,
or  dispose  of  certain  assets  pay  dividends,  make  investments  or  make  other  restricted  payments,  or  enter  into
transactions with our affiliates. The indenture governing the 2027 Notes contains covenants that, among other things
and subject to certain exceptions, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to create liens; consolidate,
merge or dispose of certain assets; and enter into sale leaseback transactions. The obligations under the Senior Notes
are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of our existing and future 100% owned domestic
subsidiaries that are a guarantor or other obligor under the Credit Agreement and by certain of our other 100% owned
domestic subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all of the terms of our Senior Notes.

Accounts receivable securitization

We  have  an  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  under  which  we  sell  an  undivided  interest  in  domestic
accounts receivable for consideration of up to $50.0 million to a commercial paper conduit. As of December 31, 2018,
and 2017 we borrowed the maximum amount available of $50.0 million under this facility. This facility is utilized to
provide increased flexibility in funding short term working capital requirements. The agreement governing the accounts
receivable securitization facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of an event of default
or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of our counterparty to terminate this facility. As of
December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the covenants and none of the termination events had occurred. 

For additional information regarding our indebtedness, see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included

in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

49

Contractual Obligations 

Contractual obligations at December 31, 2018 are as follows: 

Payments due by period

Total

Less than
1 year

1-3
years

3-5
years

More than
5 years

$ 2,176,500 $
552,078

148,160

214,365

86,625 $

100,805

25,294

211,515

(Dollars in thousands)
121,875 $
193,220

818,000 $ 1,150,000
142,750
115,303

44,635

2,850

36,863

—

41,368

—

141,150

12,274

24,548

35,287

69,041

Total borrowings
Interest obligations(1)
Operating lease obligations
Purchase and other obligations(2)
Tax on deemed repatriation of foreign
earnings (3)

Pension and other postretirement
benefits

Total contractual obligations

$ 3,283,824 $

51,571

5,597
442,110 $

11,073

11,080
23,821
398,201 $ 1,016,533 $ 1,426,980

(1)

Interest payments on floating rate debt are based on the interest rate in effect on December 31, 2018.

(2) Purchase and other obligations are defined as unconditional commitments to purchase goods or services that are legally binding and that
specify all significant terms, including: quantities to be purchased; price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The
amounts include commitments for inventory purchases and capital expenditures (which, at the time we entered into the commitments, did
not exceed our projected requirements in the normal course of business) and penalties due upon cancellation of cancellable agreements;
the amounts exclude operating lease obligations, which are addressed elsewhere in the table.

(3) As permitted by the TCJA, we have elected to pay the tax in annual installments over eight years.

We recorded a noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions of $10.7 million and $12.3 million as of December 31,
2018 and 2017, respectively. Due to uncertainties regarding the ultimate resolution of ongoing or future tax examinations,
we are not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any income tax payments that will be required to settle uncertain
income tax positions or the periods in which any such payments will be made; as a result, these amounts are excluded
from the contractual obligations table above.

We recorded contingent consideration liabilities of $304.2 million and $272.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and
2017, respectively, of which $136.9 million and $74.2 million, respectively, were recorded as the current portion of
contingent consideration.  We expect most of the current portion to be paid during the first quarter 2019 as result of
the achievement of certain sales and regulatory goals.  Due to uncertainty regarding the timing and amount of future
payments related to these liabilities, these amounts are excluded from the contractual obligations table above. 

See Note 11, Note 14, and Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on

Form 10-K for additional information.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from the amounts derived from those estimates and assumptions.

We have identified the following as critical accounting estimates, which are defined as those that are reflective of
significant  judgments  and  uncertainties,  are  the  most  pervasive  and  important  to  the  presentation  of  our  financial
condition and results of operations and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions
and conditions.  The following discussion should be considered in conjunction with the description of our accounting
policies in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

In the ordinary course of business, we grant non-interest bearing trade credit to our customers on normal credit
terms.  In an effort to reduce our credit risk, we (i) establish credit limits for all of our customer relationships, (ii) perform

50

 
 
 
ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitor the payment history and aging of our
customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitor open orders against an individual customer’s outstanding receivable balance.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for trade accounts receivable based on the expected collectability
of accounts receivable, after considering the Company's historical collection experience, the length of time an account
is outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. The adequacy
of this allowance is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.  Our allowance for doubtful accounts
was $9.3 million and $10.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which constituted 2.4% and 2.8% of
gross trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

In light of the volatility in global economic markets in recent years, we have procedures in place within countries
where  we  have  collectability  concerns  to  facilitate  customer-by-customer  risk  assessment  when  estimating  the
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  These  procedures  include  monthly  credit  control  committee  meetings,  at  which
customer credit risks are identified after review of, among other things, accounts that exceed specified credit limits,
payment delinquencies and other customer issues.  In addition, with respect to government customers, we evaluate
receivables for potential collection risks associated with any limitations on the availability of government funding and
reimbursement practices.  To reduce risk exposures with respect to certain of our non-government customers, we have
instituted procedures that include reducing credit limits and requiring that payments accompany orders. Some of our
customers, particularly in Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal, have extended or delayed payments for products and
services already provided, resulting in collectability concerns regarding our accounts receivable from these customers.
If the financial condition of these customers or the healthcare systems in these countries deteriorate to the extent that
the ability of an increasing number of customers to make payments is uncertain, additional allowances may be required
in future periods. 

Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when
customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot be assured that the allowances will be sufficient to cover
future losses given the volatility in the worldwide economy and the possibility that other, unanticipated events may
adversely  affect  collectability  of  the  accounts.  If  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  insufficient  to  address
receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could
materially adversely affect our results of operations.  Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

Distributor Rebates

We offer rebates to certain distributors and record a reserve with respect to the estimated amount of the rebates
as a reduction of revenues at the time of sale. In estimating rebates, we consider the lag time between the point of
sale and the payment of the distributor’s rebate claim, distributor-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments,
including stated rebate rates, historical experience and other relevant information. When necessary, we adjust the
reserves, with a corresponding adjustment to revenue, to reflect differences between estimated and actual experience.
Historical adjustments to recorded reserves have not been significant and we do not expect significant revisions to
the  estimated  rebates  in  the  future.  The  reserve  for  estimated  rebates  was  $18.1  million  and  $12.2  million  at
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We expect to pay amounts subject to the reserve as of December 31,
2018 within 90 days subsequent to year-end.

Inventory Utilization

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We maintain a reserve for excess and obsolete
inventory that reduces the carrying value of our inventories to reflect the diminution of value resulting from product
obsolescence, damage or other issues affecting marketability.  The reduction in carrying value is equal to the difference
between  the  cost  of  the  inventory  and  its  estimated  net  realizable  value.  Factors  utilized  in  the  determination  of
estimated net realizable value and whether a reserve is required include (i) current sales data and historical return
rates, (ii) estimates of future demand, (iii) competitive pricing pressures, (iv) new product introductions, (v) product
expiration dates, and (vi) component and packaging obsolescence.

The adequacy of the reserve is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.  We regularly compare
inventory  quantities  on  hand  against  historical  usage  or  forecasts  related  to  specific  items  in  order  to  evaluate
obsolescence and excessive quantities. In assessing historical usage, we also qualitatively assess business trends
to evaluate the reasonableness of using historical information in estimating future usage.

51

 
 
Our inventory reserve was $34.9 million and $35.6 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which

represents 7.5% and 8.3% of gross inventories at those respective dates.

Long-Lived Assets

We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances
indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For example, such an assessment may be initiated if,
as a result of a change in expectations, we believe it is more likely than not that the asset will be sold or disposed of
significantly  before  the  end  of  its  useful  life  or  if  an  adverse  change  occurs  in  the  business  employing  the
asset. Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether such events or circumstances have occurred
and determining the appropriate asset group requiring evaluation. The recoverability evaluation is based on various
analyses,  including  undiscounted  cash  flow  projections,  which  involve  significant  management  judgment.  Any
impairment loss, if indicated, equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair
value of the asset.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets (such as goodwill, certain trade names and in-process research
and development ("IPR&D")), as well as finite-lived intangibles (such as trade names that do not have indefinite lives,
customer relationships, intellectual property, distribution rights and non-competition agreements) and are, generally,
obtained through acquisition.  Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at fair value and
we  allocate  any  excess  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  in  a
business combination to goodwill.  

The costs of finite-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated useful life.  Determining the
useful life of an intangible asset requires considerable judgment as different types of intangible assets typically will
have different useful lives. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized; we test these assets
annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, using the first day of the quarter as the measurement date, or earlier
upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment may have
occurred. Such conditions may include an economic downturn in a geographic market or a change in the assessment
of  future  operations.   Our  impairment  testing  for  goodwill  is  performed  separately  from  our  impairment  testing  of
indefinite-lived intangibles.  

Considerable management judgment is necessary in making the assumptions used in the estimated fair value of
intangible assets acquired in a business combination and in the goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible asset
impairment analyses, including evaluating the impact of operating and macroeconomic conditions and estimating future
cash flows.  Assumptions we use in our acquisition date fair value estimates and in our impairment evaluations include
the discount rate and forecasted growth rates, which are consistent with our internal projections and operating plans,
when applicable. We believe these assumptions and estimates are comparable to those that would be used by other
marketplace participants.  

Goodwill

Goodwill impairment assessments are performed at a reporting unit level. For purposes of this assessment, a
reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment. We have ten reporting
units.  In applying the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but are
not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for
our products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as strategies and
financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the
fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a two-step quantitative impairment test,
described below. Alternatively, we may test goodwill for impairment through the two-step quantitative impairment test
without conducting the qualitative analysis.  Under guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the
quantitative goodwill impairment test will be simplified, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019,
subject to optional early adoption. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form
10-K for additional information.

The first step of the two-step impairment test is to compare the fair value of a reporting unit to the carrying value.
In performing the first step, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit using equal weighting of two methods; one

52

 
 
 
which estimates the discounted cash flows of the reporting unit based on projected earnings in the future (the Income
Approach) and one which is based on sales of similar businesses to those of the reporting unit in actual transactions
(the Market Approach).  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment. If the
reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss based on the amount by which
the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, which we determine in the second step of the two-step
test. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit's identifiable assets
and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if that reporting unit had just been acquired and
the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed were being determined initially.

Determining  fair  value  requires  the  exercise  of  significant  judgment.  The  more  significant  judgments  and
assumptions used in the Income Approach include (1) the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, which are
based primarily on our estimates of future sales, operating income, industry trends and the regulatory environment of
the individual reporting units, (2) the expected long-term growth rates for each of our reporting units, which approximate
the expected long-term growth rate of the global economy and of the medical device industry, and (3) discount rates
that are used to discount future cash flows to their present values, which are based on an assessment of the risk
inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units along with various market based inputs.  The more
significant judgments and assumptions used in the Market Approach include (1) determination of appropriate revenue
and EBITDA multiples used to estimate a reporting unit’s fair value and (2) the selection of appropriate comparable
companies to be used for purposes of determining those multiples. There were no changes to the underlying methods
used in 2018 as compared to the valuations of our reporting units in the past several years. 

Our expected future growth rates estimated for purposes of the goodwill impairment test are based on our estimates
of future sales, operating income and cash flow and are consistent with our internal budgets and business plans, which
reflect a modest amount of core revenue growth coupled with the successful launch of new products each year; the
effect of these growth indicators more than offset volume losses from products that are expected to reach the end of
their life cycle. Changes in assumptions underlying the Income Approach could cause a reporting unit's carrying value
to exceed its fair value. While we believe our assumed growth rates of sales and cash flows are reasonable, the
possibility remains that the revenue growth of a reporting unit may not be as high as expected, and, as a result, the
estimated fair value of that reporting unit may decline. In this regard, if our strategy and new products are not successful
and we do not achieve anticipated core revenue growth in the future with respect to a reporting unit, the goodwill in
the reporting unit may become impaired and, in such case, we may incur material impairment charges.  Moreover,
changes in revenue and EBITDA multiples in actual transactions from those historically present could result in an
assessment that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, in which case we also may incur material
impairment charges.

No impairment was recorded as a result of the annual goodwill impairment testing performed during the fourth

quarter 2018.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are assets acquired that lack physical substance and that meet the specified criteria for recognition
apart from goodwill. Management tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, and more frequently
if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to the goodwill impairment
test process, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an
indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  If,  after  completing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we
determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater than its carrying
amount, the asset is not impaired. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived
intangible asset is less than the carrying value, we then proceed to a quantitative impairment test, which consists of
a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying amount. Alternatively, we may elect to forgo the
qualitative analysis and test the indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment through the quantitative impairment
test. 

In connection with intangible assets acquired in a business combination and the quantitative impairment tests,
since quoted market prices are seldom available for intangible assets, we utilize several present value techniques to
estimate fair value. The fair value of trade names and IPR&D is estimated by the use of a relief from royalty method,
a form of income approach that values an intangible asset by estimating the royalties saved through the ownership of
an asset. Under this method, an owner of an intangible asset determines the arm’s length royalty that likely would
have been charged if the owner had to license the asset from a third party. The value of the hypothetical royalty, which
is based on the estimated royalty rate applied against forecasted sales, is tax-effected and discounted to present value
using  a  discount  rate  commensurate  with  the  relative  risk  of  achieving  the  cash  flow  attributable  to  the  asset.

53

 
Management must estimate the volume of sales, hypothetical royalty rate, discount rate, and terminal growth rate to
estimate the hypothetical royalty associated with the asset.  Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment
of the risk inherent in the future cash flows generated from the intangible asset. Assumptions about royalty rates are
based on the rates at which similar intangible assets are being licensed in the marketplace. 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we  recognized a $16.9 million pre-tax ($8.6 million after tax) impairment
charge related to the abandonment of certain intellectual property intangible assets. There were no impairment charges
recorded for the year ended December 31, 2017.  For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized a pre-tax
IPR&D impairment charge of $41.0 million.  See "Restructuring and impairment charges" within "Result of Operations"
above as well as Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
additional information on these charges. 

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide a range of benefits to eligible employees and retired employees, including under plans that provide
pension and postretirement healthcare benefits. Several statistical and other factors that are designed to project future
events  are  used  in  calculating  the  expense  and  liability  related  to  these  plans.  These  factors  include  actuarial
assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates
and healthcare cost trend rates. We review the actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to
the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate.

Significant differences in our actual experience or significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect
our pension and other postretirement obligations and our future expense. The following table shows the sensitivity of
plan expenses and benefit obligations to changes in the weighted average assumptions:

Assumed Discount Rate

Expected Return
on Plan Assets

Assumed Healthcare Trend Rate

50 Basis Point
Increase

50 Basis Point
Decrease

50 Basis Point
Change

1.0% Increase

1.0% Decrease

(Dollars in millions)

Net periodic pension and
postretirement healthcare expense

Projected benefit obligation

$
$

0.2 $
19.7 $

(0.3) $

(17.0)

1.9 $
N/A $

0.1 $
2.4 $

(0.1)
(2.2)

For additional information on assumptions pertaining to pension and other postretirement benefit plans, refer to

Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Share-based Compensation

We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant and recognize as expense the value of the
portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest over the requisite service periods. Share-based compensation
expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account
subjective  and  complex  assumptions  with  respect  to  expected  life  of  options,  volatility,  risk-free  interest  rate  and
expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options are expected
to  be  outstanding,  which  is  derived  from  the  vesting  period  of  the  award,  as  well  as  historical  exercise  behavior.
Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical volatility and implied volatility derived from publicly traded options
to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of market conditions and a better indicator of
expected volatility than solely using historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available
on United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option. Share-
based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock units is measured based on the market price of
the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the present value of expected
dividends over the vesting period. Share based compensation expense for 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $22.4 million,
$19.4 million and $16.9 million, respectively.

Contingent Consideration Liabilities

In connection with an acquisition, we may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the
achievement  of  specified  objectives,  such  as  receipt  of  regulatory  approval,  commercialization  of  a  product  or
achievement of sales targets. As of the acquisition date, we record a contingent liability representing the estimated
fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay.  We determined the fair value of the contingent consideration
liability related to the NeoTract acquisition and to our acquisition, in October 2018, of Essential Medical, Inc., which

54

 
 
 
represented most of our contingent consideration liabilities at December 31, 2018, using a Monte Carlo valuation
approach, which simulates future revenues during the earn out-period using management's best estimates.  (See Note
4  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional  information
regarding these acquisitions.) We determined the fair value of our other contingent consideration liabilities using a
probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis.   Significant judgment is required in determining the assumptions
used to calculate the fair value of the contingent consideration.  Increases in projected revenues and probabilities of
payment may result in significantly higher fair value measurements; decreases in these items may have the opposite
effect.  Increases  in  discount  rates  in  the  periods  prior  to  payment  may  result  in  significantly  lower  fair  value
measurements; decreases may have the opposite effect. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

We  remeasure  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities  each  reporting  period  and  recognize  the  change  in  the
liabilities' fair value within selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of income.  As
of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we accrued $304.2 million and $272.1 million of contingent consideration, respectively.

Income Taxes

Our  annual  provision  for  income  taxes  and  determination  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  require
management  to  assess  uncertainties,  make  judgments  regarding  outcomes  and  utilize  estimates.  The  difficulties
inherent in such assessments, judgments and estimates are particularly challenging because we conduct a broad
range of operations around the world, subjecting us to complex tax regulations in numerous international jurisdictions.
As a result, we are at times subject to tax audits, disputes with tax authorities and potential litigation, the outcome of
which is uncertain. In connection with its estimates of our tax assets and liabilities, management must, among other
things, make judgments about the outcome of these uncertain matters. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured and recorded using currently enacted tax rates that are expected
to apply to taxable income in the years in which differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases are recovered or settled. The likelihood of a material change in our
expected  realization  of  these  assets  is  dependent  on  future  taxable  income,  our  ability  to  use  foreign  tax  credit
carryforwards and carrybacks, final United States and foreign tax settlements, changes in tax law, and the effectiveness
of our tax planning strategies in the various relevant jurisdictions. While management believes that its judgments and
interpretations regarding income taxes are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience may require future
adjustments to our tax assets and liabilities, which could be material.  

In assessing the realizability of our deferred tax assets, we evaluate positive and negative evidence and use
judgments regarding past and future events, including results of operations and available tax planning strategies that
could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, we determine when it is more
likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, in which case we apply a valuation
allowance to offset the amount of such deferred tax assets.  To the extent facts and circumstances change in the future,
adjustments to the valuation allowances may be required.  The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $144.0
million and $104.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, relates principally to the uncertainty of the
utilization of tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. We establish
additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there remain certain
positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more likely than not to be
sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of business, we are examined by
various federal, state and foreign tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these examinations
and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of our provision for income
taxes. We adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred taxes in any period in which we become
aware of facts that necessitate an adjustment. We are currently under examination in Germany.  The ultimate outcome
of this examination could result in increases or decreases to our recorded tax liabilities, which would affect our financial
results.  See  Note  14  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional
information regarding our uncertain tax positions.

As  noted  above,  the  TCJA  significantly  changes  U.S.  tax  law. As  a  result  of  the  enactment  of  the  TCJA,  our
consolidated financial statements as of, and for the year ended December 31, 2017, included provisional amounts
with  respect  to  the  deemed  repatriated  earnings  and  the  revaluation  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  In  our
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, as permitted by SAB 118, we recorded

55

 
adjustments to the provisional amounts related to the TCJA included in our December 31, 2017 financial statements.
See  Note  14  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional
information.

New Accounting Standards

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion
of recently issued accounting standards, including estimated effects, if any, of the adoption of those standards on our
consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

We  are  exposed  to  certain  financial  risks,  specifically  fluctuations  in  market  interest  rates,  foreign  currency
exchange rates and, to a lesser extent, commodity prices. We use derivative financial instruments to manage or
reduce the impact of some of these risks. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading purposes. We are
also exposed to changes in the market traded price of our common stock as it influences the valuation of stock
options and their effect on earnings.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our borrowing activities and our cash balances. The
table below provides information regarding the interest rates by year of maturity for our fixed and variable rate debt
obligations. Variable interest rates on December 31, 2018 were determined using a base rate of the one-month
LIBOR rate plus the applicable spread. 

Year of Maturity

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

Fixed rate debt

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $ 1,150,000

$

1,150,000

Average interest rate

—%

—%

—%

—%

—%

4.848%

4.848%

Variable rate debt

$ 86,625

$ 51,562

$ 70,313

$ 818,000

$

— $

— $

1,026,500

Average interest rate

3.684%

4.272%

4.272%

4.270%

—%

—%

4.221%

A change of 1.0% in variable interest rates would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $10.3 million

based on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2018.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to currency fluctuations in connection with transactions, as well as monetary assets and liabilities,

denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of certain subsidiaries.  

Forward currency contracts

We enter into forward contracts with several major financial institutions to hedge the risk associated with these
foreign currency exposures; these contracts generally involve the purchase or sale, at designated future dates, of
specified amounts of a foreign currency while simultaneously committing to an opposite way sale or purchase of a
specified amount of U.S. dollars or euros, based on the exchange rate at the time of entry into the contract.  The
contracts we enter into to hedge transactions denominated in non-functional currencies are designated as cash flow
hedges. The contracts to hedge monetary asset and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies are not
designated as cash flow, fair value or net investment hedges.  See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding the accounting treatment of designated and
non-designated hedge contracts.

The following table provides information regarding our open foreign currency forward contracts at December 31,
2018, which mature during 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the total notional amount for the designated and non-
designated contracts, expressed in U.S. dollars, is $115.3 million and $125.9 million, respectively.  As of December 31,
2017, the total notional amount for the designated and non-designated contracts, expressed in U.S. dollars, is $88.5
million and $110.6 million, respectively.   Forward contract notional amounts presented below are expressed in the
stated currencies. 

56

 
Australian dollar

British pound

Canadian dollar

Chinese renminbi

Czech koruna

Euro

Indian rupee

Japanese yen

Korean won

Malaysian ringgit

Mexican peso

Polish zloty

Singapore dollar

South African rand

Swiss franc

United States dollar

Chilean Peso

Columbian Peso

Uruguayan Peso

Buy/(Sell)

(in thousands)

Designated

Non-designated

(14,160)
(7,230)
(12,410)
(98,780)
409,710

9,441

—
(856,750)
(4,050,000)
28,490

481,020

—

6,780
(58,500)
(4,278)
(1,815)
—

—

—

(7,313)
(11,639)
25,992
(183,851)
79,761

60,994
(862,003)
(78,828)
(3,406,493)
15,945

73,938
(13,160)
—
(60,011)
—
(17,374)
(3,851,818)
(10,796,735)
(118,500)

Cross-currency swap agreements

On October 4, 2018, we entered into cross-currency swap agreements with six different financial institution
counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate.  Under the terms of
the  swap  agreements,  we  notionally  exchanged  $500.0  million at  an  annual  interest  rate  of  4.625%  for  €433.9
million at an annual interest rate of 1.942%.  The swap agreements, which expire on October 4, 2023, are designated
as net investment hedges and require an exchange of the notional amounts upon expiration or earlier termination
of the agreements.  We and the counterparties have agreed to effect the exchange through a net settlement.

The interest component of the swap agreements will affect the interest expense recognized within our statement
of operations.  Based on the U.S. dollar to euro currency exchange rate in effect on October 4, 2018, and assuming
the exchange rates remain constant throughout the five year term of the cross-currency swap agreements, we would
realize an annual pre-tax net benefit (i.e., a reduction in interest expense as a result of the swap agreements) of
$13.4 million, or a total of $67.0 million over the five year term of the swap agreements.  A 10% increase or decrease
in the U.S. dollar to euro currency exchange rate in effect on October 4, 2018 would result in a change to the annual
pre-tax net benefit of approximately $1.0 million.

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance in August 2017 with the objective of improving the financial reporting of
hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity's risk management activities in its financial
statements.  As a result of our early adoption of the FASB guidance, and because the swap agreements are designated
as net investment hedges, changes in the fair value of the cross-currency swap agreements will be recognized as
a  component  of  “Foreign  currency  translation  continuing  operations  adjustments,  net  of  tax”  within  “Other
comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax” in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  In this regard, a
favorable foreign currency change in the designated investment value of our foreign subsidiaries that use euros as
their functional currency generally will be offset by an unfavorable foreign currency change in the swap agreements,
and vice versa.  At October 4, 2018, a 10% fluctuation in the U.S. dollar to euro currency exchange rate would have
an approximately $50 million impact on the fair value of the notional amount of the cross-currency swap agreements
and an offsetting $50 million impact on the designated net investment value of the foreign subsidiaries.  In addition,
in  the  event  of  a  significant  decline  in  the  U.S.  dollar  to  euro  exchange  rate,  our  payment  obligations  to  the

57

counterparties could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.  In this regard, if, at the expiration or earlier
termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro currency exchange rate has declined by 10% from the
rate in effect at October 4, 2018, we would be required to pay approximately $50 million to the counterparties.

The swap agreements entail risk that the counterparties will not fulfill their obligations under the agreements.
However,  we  believe  the  risk  is  reduced  because  we  have  entered  into  separate  agreements  with  six  different
counterparties, all of whom are large, well-established financial institutions.

In the future, we may enter into additional cross-currency swap agreements to further hedge against the effect

of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate, although there can be no assurances that we will do so.  

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The  financial  statements  and  supplementary  data  required  by  this  Item  are  included  herein,  commencing  on

page F-1.

ITEM 9.

None.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on
that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance
that  the  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  reports  filed  under  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  is
(i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and
(ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  disclosure. A  controls  system  cannot  provide  absolute
assurance, however, that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide
absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page F-2 of this Annual Report

on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

(c) Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has

materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

58

 
PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

For the information required by this Item 10 with respect to our Executive Officers, see Part I, Item 1. of this report.
For the other information required by this Item 10, see “Election Of Directors,” “Nominees for Election to the Board of
Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” in the Proxy
Statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement
for our 2019 Annual Meeting will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item 11,  see  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Compensation
Committee  Report,”  and  “Executive  Compensation”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2019  Annual  Meeting,  which
information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

For the information required by this Item 12 with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock, see “Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting, which
information is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2018 regarding our equity plans :

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans
approved by security
holders

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (1)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in Column
(A))

(A)

(B)

(C)

1,471,449

$136.62

3,578,241

(1) The number of securities in column (A) include 22,290 shares of common stock underlying performance stock units if maximum performance
levels are achieved; the actual number of shares, if any, to be issued with respect to the performance stock units will be based on performance
with respect to specified financial and relative stock price measures.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE

For the information required by this Item 13, see “Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy

Statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

For the information required by this Item 14, see “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval
Procedures” in the Proxy Statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

59

 ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Consolidated Financial Statements:

PART IV

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule is set forth on page F-1 of this Annual Report on

Form 10-K.

(b)

Exhibits:

The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report (unless otherwise
indicated, the file number with respect to each filed document is 1-5353):

Exhibit No.

Description

*3.1.1 — Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1

to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).

*3.1.2 — Amendment to Article Thirteenth of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).
*3.1.3 — Amendment to the first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation
(incorporated by reference to Proposal 2 of the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on March 29,
2007).

*3.2 — Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the

Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2009).

*4.1.1 — Indenture, dated as of May 21, 2014, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company's 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2014).

*4.1.2 — Form of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A in Exhibit 4.1 to the

Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2014).

*4.2.1 — Indenture, dated May 16, 2016, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-3 (File No 333-211276) filed on May 11, 2016).

*4.2.2 — First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 16, 2016, by and among the Company, the guarantors
party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, relating to the Company’s 4.875% Senior
Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2016).

*4.2.3 — Form of 4.875% Senior Note due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.2.2).

*4.2.4 — Second Supplemental Indenture, dated February 28, 2017, by and among Vascular Solutions,

Inc., the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2.3 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-3 (File No. 33-211276) filed on November 16, 2017).

*4.2.5 — Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 19, 2017, by and among NeoTract, Inc., Teleflex

Urology Limited, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.2.4 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s registration
Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 33-211276) filed on November 16, 2017).

*4.3.1 — Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated November 20, 2017, by and among the Company, the

guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2017).

*4.3.2 — Form of 4.625% Senior Note due 2027 (included in Exhibit 4.3.1).
+*10.1 — Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan (formerly known as the Teleflex Incorporated

Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan), as amended and restated effective January 1, 2014
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20,
2015).

+*10.2.1 — Amended and Restated Teleflex Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 26,

2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February
22, 2013).

+*10.2.2 — First Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11,
2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February
25, 2016).

60

 
Exhibit No.

Description

*10.3.1 — Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2014

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22,
2013).

*10.3.2 — Special Amendment to Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated August 12, 2015 (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

*10.3.3 — First Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated December 21, 2016
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22,
2018). 

*10.3.4 — Second Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated December 21, 2016

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22,
2018).

*10.3.5 — Third Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated November 22, 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22,
2018).

*10.3.6 — Fourth Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated January 19, 2018

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22,
2018).

10.3.7 — Fifth Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated March 28, 2018.
+*10.4.1 — 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration

Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-38224), filed on May 31, 2000).

+*10.4.2 — Amendment, dated March 28, 2012, to 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

+*10.5.1 — 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive

Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 21, 2008).

+*10.5.2 — Amendment, dated March 28, 2012, to 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

*10.5.3 — Form of Stock Option Agreement for stock options granted on or after January 1, 2013 under the

Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the
Company's Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2014).

+*10.5.4 — Form of Stock Option Agreement for stock options granted to Benson F. Smith under the
Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.6 to the
Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.5.5 — Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for restricted stock awards granted to Benson F.
Smith under the Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.5.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.6 — Teleflex Incorporated 2016 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to
the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on
March 24, 2016).

+*10.7 — Teleflex Incorporated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the

Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on
March 28, 2014).

+*10.8 — Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated December 14, 2017, between the

Company and Benson F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s
Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).

+*10.9 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company and

Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May
4, 2017).

+*10.10 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company
and Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on
May 4, 2017).

+*10.11 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company
and Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q
filed on April 30, 2013).

+*10.12 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and

Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed
on April 30, 2013).

61

Exhibit No.
+*10.13.1 — Contract of Employment, dated September 27, 2011, between the Company and Thomas

Description

Anthony Kennedy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K
filed on February 20, 2015).

+*10.13.2 — Letter Agreement, dated April 29, 2013, between the Company and Thomas Anthony Kennedy,

relating to Mr. Kennedy's appointment as Senior Vice President, Global Operations (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 2015).

+*10.14 — Letter Agreement, dated March 8, 2013, between the Company and Cameron Hicks relating to
Mr. Hicks' employment as Vice President, Global Human Resources (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 2015).

+*10.15 — Contract of Employment, dated November 26, 2012, between the Company and Karen Boylan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20,
2015).

+*10.16 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the

Company and James J. Leyden (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s
Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.17 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company and
James J. Leyden (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed
on February 25, 2016).

+*10.18 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the

Company and Cameron P. Hicks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s
Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.19 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company and
Cameron P. Hicks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed
on February 25, 2016).

+*10.20 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between the Company
and Tony Kennedy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed
on April 28, 2016).

+*10.21 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between the Company and

Tony Kennedy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on
April 28, 2016).

+*10.22 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between the Company
and Karen Boylan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed
on April 28, 2016).

+*10.23 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between the Company and

Karen Boylan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on
April 28, 2016).

*10.24.1 — Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated January 20, 2017, among the Company,

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and PNC Bank,
National Association, as co-syndication agents, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party
thereto and each other party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s
Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2017).

+*10.25 — Form of Performance Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2018).
*14 — Code of Ethics policy applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and senior financial

officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 11,
2004).

21 — Subsidiaries of the Company.
23 — Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
31.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
32.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.
32.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.

62

Exhibit No.

Description

101.1 — The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended

December 31, 2018, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31,
2017 and December 31, 2016; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for
the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016; (iii) the
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017; (iv) the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31,
2017 and December 31, 2016; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the
years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016; and (vi) Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

_____________________________________________________
*

Each such exhibit has previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of the
filing indicated and is incorporated herein by reference.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to
Item 15(b) of this report.

+

 ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Registrants may voluntarily include a summary of information required by Form 10-K under this Item 16. We

have elected not to include such summary information.

63

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized as of the date
indicated below.

SIGNATURES

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and as of the date indicated below.

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

By:

Liam J. Kelly
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

/s/ George Babich, Jr.

George Babich, Jr.
Director

/s/ Candace H. Duncan
Candace H. Duncan
Director

/s/ Gretchen R. Haggerty

Gretchen R. Haggerty
Director

/s/ John C. Heinmiller

John C. Heinmiller
Director

/s/ Dr. Stephen K. Klasko

Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Director

Dated: February 21, 2019 

/s/ John R. Deren

John R. Deren

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Andrew A. Krakauer

Andrew A. Krakauer
Director

/s/ Richard A. Packer

Richard A. Packer
Director

/s/ Stuart A. Randle
Stuart A. Randle
Director

/s/ Benson F. Smith

Benson F. Smith
Chairman and Director

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

64

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017
and 2016

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity as of and for the years ended December
31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Quarterly Data

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Schedule II Valuation and qualifying accounts as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017
and 2016

Page
F-2

F-3

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10

69

Page

70

F-1

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by the
Company's  board  of  directors,  management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on
the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of
December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the framework established in Internal Control —
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). As a result of this assessment and based on the criteria in the COSO framework, management has concluded
that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report
which appears herein.

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 21, 2019

F-2

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Teleflex Incorporated

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the consolidated financial statements, including the related notes and financial statement schedule
of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as listed in the accompanying index appearing on page
F-1 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  We also have audited the Company's internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal
Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in Management's  Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page F-2.  Our
responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal
control over financial reporting based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company
in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting
was maintained in all material respects.  

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated
financial  statements.    Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating
the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.    Our  audits  also  included
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide
a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.

F-3

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 21, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1962. 

F-4

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Net revenues

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring and impairment charges

Gain on sale of assets

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishment of

debt and taxes

Interest expense

Interest income

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income from continuing operations before taxes

Taxes on income from continuing operations

Income from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

Tax (benefit) on income (loss) from discontinued operations

Income (loss) on discontinued operations

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except
 per share)

$ 2,448,383 $ 2,146,303 $ 1,868,027

1,063,941

1,384,442

878,688

106,208

79,230

(1,388)

321,704

103,020

(944)

—

219,628

23,196

196,432

5,643

1,273

4,370

974,501

1,171,802

699,963

84,770

14,790

—

372,279

82,546

(771)

5,593

284,911

129,648

155,263

(4,534)

(1,801)

(2,733)

871,827

996,200

563,308

58,579

59,227

(4,367)

319,453

54,941

(474)

19,261

245,725

8,074

237,651

(922)

(1,112)

190

Net income

200,802

152,530

237,841

Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest

—

—

464

Net income attributable to common shareholders

$

200,802 $

152,530 $

237,377

Earnings per share available to common shareholders:

Basic:

Income from continuing operations

Income (loss) on discontinued operations

Net income

Diluted:

Income from continuing operations

Income (loss) on discontinued operations

Net income

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

 Amounts attributable to common shareholders:

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income

$

$

$

$

$

$

4.30 $

3.45 $

0.09

(0.06)

4.39 $

3.39 $

4.20 $

3.33 $

0.09

(0.06)

4.29 $

3.27 $

5.47

0.01

5.48

4.98

—

4.98

45,689

46,801

45,004

46,664

43,325

47,646

196,432 $

155,263 $

237,187

4,370

(2,733)

190

200,802 $

152,530 $

237,377

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Foreign currency:

Foreign currency translation continuing operations

adjustments, net of tax of 157, ($29,448) and $10,977,
respectively

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans:

Prior service cost recognized in net periodic cost, net of

tax of $(23), $(39), and $(20), respectively

Unamortized (loss) gain arising during the period, net of

tax of $(447), $1,677, and $1,849, respectively

Plan amendments, curtailments, and settlements, net of

tax of $(137), $74, and $0, respectively

Net loss recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of

$(1,588), $(2,457), and $(2,489), respectively

Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $(183), $413,

and $(373), respectively

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans adjustment,

net of tax

Derivatives qualifying as hedges:

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives arising during the

period, net of tax $(268), $(631), and $1,359,
respectively

Reclassification adjustment on derivatives included in net

income, net of tax of $163, $83, and $(1,010),
respectively

Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax

 Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 Comprehensive income

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)
152,530 $

200,802 $

$

237,841

(83,889)
(83,889)

173,074

173,074

(69,162)
(69,162)

71

66

36

1,116

(5,419)

(3,255)

511

(223)

5,231

4,447

499

(1,083)

7,428

(2,212)

—

4,476

1,034

2,291

2,574

2,775

(3,434)

(2,107)
467
(75,994)
124,808

(11)
2,764

173,626

326,156

3,501

67
(66,804)
171,037

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling

interest

—

—

421

Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders

$

124,808 $

326,156 $

170,616

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

  
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories, net

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid taxes

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill

Intangibles assets, net

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities

Current borrowings

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Current portion of contingent consideration

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities

Accrued interest

Income taxes payable

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities

Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions

Noncurrent contingent consideration

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders’ equity

December 31,

2018

2017

(Dollars and shares in thousands,
except per share)

$

357,161

$

366,286

427,778

72,481

12,463

1,236,169

432,766

2,246,579

2,325,052

2,446

34,979

333,558

345,875

395,744

47,882

5,748

1,128,807

382,999

2,235,592

2,383,748

3,810

46,536

$

$

6,277,991

$

6,181,492

86,625

$

106,709

97,551

136,877

104,670

6,031

5,943

38,050

582,456

2,072,200

608,221

92,914

10,718

167,370

204,134

86,625

92,027

96,853

74,224

107,415

6,165

11,514

9,053

483,876

2,162,927

603,676

121,410

12,296

197,912

168,864

3,738,013

3,750,961

Common shares, $1 par value Issued: 2018 — 47,248 shares; 2017 — 46,871 shares

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Less: Treasury stock, at cost

Total shareholders' equity

47,248

574,761

2,427,599

(341,085)

2,708,523

168,545

2,539,978

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

6,277,991

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

46,871

591,721

2,285,886

(265,091)

2,659,387

228,856

2,430,531

6,181,492

F-7

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

Depreciation expense

Amortization expense of intangible assets

Amortization expense of deferred financing costs and debt discount

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Fair value step up of acquired inventory sold

Changes in contingent consideration

Impairment of long-lived assets

In-process research and development impairment charge

Stock-based compensation

Net gain on sales of businesses and assets

Deferred income taxes, net

Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and disposals:

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

Income taxes receivable and payable, net

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired

Proceeds from sales of businesses and assets

Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)

$

200,802

$

152,530

$

237,841

(4,370)

60,494

149,486

4,734

—

—

52,977

19,110

—

22,438

(1,388)

(6,097)

(18,803)

(23,412)

(37,198)

(10,351)

62,404

(35,740)

435,086

2,733

56,497

98,766

5,075

5,593

10,442

3,575

—

—

19,407

—

(41,822)

(18,469)

(11,039)

(22,363)

547

39,001

125,828

426,301

(80,795)

(70,903)

(121,025)

(1,768,284)

3,878

1,548

6,332

—

(190)

54,415

63,491

10,440

19,261

—

(6,445)

2,356

41,000

16,871

(4,367)

(29,346)

(13,311)

(11,029)

6,408

(3,613)

15,422

11,386

410,590

(53,135)

(14,040)

10,201

—

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

(196,394)

(1,832,855)

(56,974)

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans and the related tax impacts

Payments to noncontrolling interest shareholders

Payments for acquisition of noncontrolling interest

Payments for contingent consideration

Dividends

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations

(206,433)

1,141,259

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Supplemental cash flow information:

Cash interest paid

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

Non cash investing and financing activities of continuing operations:

Property, plant and equipment additions due to build-to-suit lease transactions

Purchases of businesses and related costs

Settlement and exchange of convertible notes with common or treasury stock  

2,292

2,292

(10,948)

23,603

333,558

357,161

101,790

65,605

29,448

54,696

$

$

$

$

$

— $

$

$

$

$

$

$

56,075
Acquisition of treasury stock from settlement and exchange of convertible note hedge and warrants                                         

$

$

141,405

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

35,000

2,463,500

(128,500)

(1,239,576)

671,700

(714,565)

(188)

22,655

—

—

(73,235)

(62,165)

(26,664)

5,571

—

—

(335)

(61,237)

(8,958)

9,068

(464)

(9,231)

(7,282)

(58,960)

(118,692)

(2,110)

(2,110)

(27,391)

205,423

338,366

543,789

44,203

23,955

—

—

35,286

86,046

(6,416)

(6,416)

61,480

(210,231)

543,789

333,558

74,256

49,144

$

$

$

— $

261,733

53,207

$

$

$

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock

Shares

Dollars

Additional
Paid in 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)

Treasury
Stock

Shares

Dollars

Non-
controlling 
Interest

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Balance at December 31, 2015

43,517

$43,517

$ 440,127

$2,016,176

$

(371,124)

1,908

$(119,424) $

1,821

$

2,011,093

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

Distributions to noncontrolling

interest shareholders

Acquisition of noncontrolling
interest

237,377

(58,960)

(66,761)

(6,621)

(832)

Settlement of convertible notes

2,168

2,168

(32,004)

Settlement of note hedges
associated with convertible notes

Reclassification of convertible
notes to mezzanine equity

Shares issued under

compensation plans

Deferred compensation

86,048

(1,824)

129

129

21,074

464

(43)

(464)

(1,778)

237,841

(58,960)

(66,804)

(464)

(9,231)

3,296

2

(1,824)

22,492

76

(430)

33,132

316

(86,046)

(51)

(2)

1,289

76

Balance at December 31, 2016

45,814

45,814

506,800

2,194,593

(438,717)

1,741

(170,973)

—

2,137,517

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

152,530

(61,237)

173,626

Settlement of convertible notes

928

928

(48,375)

Settlement of note hedges
associated with convertible notes

Shares issued under

compensation plans

 Deferred compensation

112,901

129

129

20,395

(503)

52,279

516

(112,908)

(48)

(2)

2,658

88

152,530

(61,237)

173,626

4,832

(7)

23,182

88

Balance at December 31, 2017

46,871

46,871

591,721

2,285,886

(265,091)

1,704

(228,856)

—

2,430,531

Cumulative effect adjustment

resulting from the adoption of
new accounting standards

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

Settlement of warrants

Shares issued under

compensation plans

 Deferred compensation

3,076

200,802

(62,165)

(56,115)

377

377

38,756

399

(75,994)

(412)

56,075

(50)

(10)

3,766

470

3,076

200,802

(62,165)

(75,994)

(40)

42,899

869

Balance at December 31, 2018

47,248

$47,248

$ 574,761

$2,427,599

$

(341,085)

1,232

$(168,545) $

— $

2,539,978

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of significant accounting policies 

Consolidation: The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Teleflex  Incorporated  and  its
subsidiaries (the “Company”). Intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in affiliates over
which the Company has significant influence but not a controlling equity interest, including variable interest entities for
which the Company is not the primary beneficiary, are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in affiliates
over which the Company does not have significant influence are accounted for using the cost method of accounting.
These  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally
accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and reflect management’s estimates and assumptions that affect
the recorded amounts.

Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents: All highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less are

classified as cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates the current market value.

Accounts receivable: Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers related to the sale of products
and provision of services. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained and represents the Company’s estimate
of the amount of uncollectible receivables. The allowance is provided at such time as management believes reasonable
doubt exists that such balances will be collected within a reasonable period of time. The allowance is based on the
Company’s historical collection experience with respect to the customer, the length of time an account is outstanding,
the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. In addition, the Company
maintains a reserve for returns and allowances based on its historical experience. See Note 10 for information on the
Company’s concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable, as well as the Company's allowance
for doubtful accounts.

Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of the Company’s inventories
is determined using the average cost method. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor, and
manufacturing overhead. In estimating net realizable value, the Company evaluates inventory for excess and obsolete
quantities based on estimated usage and sales, among other factors.

Property, plant and equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.
Costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage generally are
capitalized.  Costs  of  enhancements  to  internal-use  computer  software  are  capitalized,  provided  that  these
enhancements result in additional functionality. Other additions and those improvements which increase the capacity
or lengthen the useful lives of the assets are also capitalized. Composite useful lives for categories of property, plant
and equipment, which are depreciated on a straight-line basis, are as follows: buildings — 30 years; machinery and
equipment — 3 to 10 years; computer equipment and software — 3 to 5 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated
over the lesser of the useful lives of the leasehold improvements or the remaining lease term. Repairs and maintenance
costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and other intangible assets: Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but
are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that an impairment may exist. Impairment losses, if any, are included in income from operations. The goodwill
impairment test is applied to each of the Company’s reporting units. For purposes of this assessment, a reporting unit
is an operating segment, or a business one level below an operating segment (also known as a component) if discrete
financial information is prepared for that business and regularly reviewed by segment management. However, separate
components are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics.

In applying the goodwill impairment test, the Company may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include,
but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the
market for the Company’s products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors

F-10

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

such as strategies and financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, the Company determines
it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company proceeds to
a two-step quantitative impairment test, described below. Alternatively, the Company may elect to bypass the qualitative
assessment and perform the two-step quantitative impairment test. The first step of the two-step impairment test is to
compare the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the reporting unit fair value exceeds the carrying value,
there is no impairment. If the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, the Company would perform the
second step of the goodwill impairment test, in which the Company would measure the amount of an impairment loss,
if any, based on the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The implied fair
value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from
the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if that reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value of the
individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed were being determined initially.  The Company did not record a
goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Company’s intangible assets consist of customer relationships, intellectual property, distribution rights, in-
process research and development ("IPR&D"), trade names and non-competition agreements. The Company defines
IPR&D as the value of technology acquired for which the related projects have substance and are incomplete. IPR&D
acquired  in  a  business  acquisition  is  recognized  at  fair  value  and  is  required  be  capitalized  as  an  indefinite-lived
intangible asset until completion of the IPR&D project or upon abandonment. Upon completion of the development
project (generally when regulatory approval to market the product that utilizes the technology is obtained), an impairment
assessment is performed prior to amortizing the asset over its estimated useful life. If the IPR&D projects are abandoned,
the related IPR&D assets would be written off. 

The Company tests its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, and more frequently if events or
changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to the goodwill impairment test
process, the Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment. If, after completing the qualitative assessment,
the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater
than its carrying amount, the asset is not impaired. If the Company concludes it is more likely than not that the fair
value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than the carrying value, the Company then proceeds to a quantitative
impairment test, which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying amount.  

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized a $16.9 million pre-tax ($8.6 million after tax)
impairment charge related to the abandonment of certain intellectual property intangible assets. See Note 8 for further
information.

Intangible  assets  that  do  not  have  indefinite  lives,  consisting  of  intellectual  property,  customer  relationships,
distribution rights, certain trade names and non-competition agreements, are amortized over their estimated useful
lives, which are as follows: intellectual property, 5 to 20 years; customer relationships, 8 to 27 years; distribution rights,
10 to 17 years; trade names, 5 to 30 years; non-competition agreements, 1 to 6 years . The weighted average remaining
amortization  period  with  respect  to  the  Company's  intangible  assets  is  approximately  16  years.  The  Company
periodically evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.

Long-lived  assets: The  Company  assesses  the  remaining  useful  life  and  recoverability  of  long-lived  assets
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The
assessment  is  based  on  various  analyses,  including  undiscounted  cash  flow  and  profitability  projections  that
incorporate,  as  applicable,  the  impact  of  the  asset  on  the  existing  business.  Therefore,  the  evaluation  involves
significant management judgment. Any impairment loss, if indicated, is measured as the amount by which the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. 

Foreign  currency  translation: Assets  and  liabilities  of  subsidiaries  with  non-United  States  dollar  denominated
functional currencies are translated into United States dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date;
income and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The translation
adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Derivative  financial  instruments: The  Company  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  primarily  for  purposes  of
hedging exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. All instruments are entered into for other than
trading  purposes. All  derivatives  are  recognized  on  the  balance  sheet  at  fair  value.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of
derivatives are recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as other comprehensive income
(loss), if the instrument is designated as part of a hedge transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported
in other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to the consolidated statement of income in the period in which

F-11

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

earnings are affected by the underlying hedged item. Gains or losses on derivative instruments representing hedge
ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, if any, are recognized in the
consolidated statement of income for the period in which such gains and losses occur. If the hedging relationship
ceases to be highly effective or it becomes probable that an expected transaction will no longer occur, gains or losses
on the derivative instrument are recorded in the consolidated statement of income for the period in which either such
event occurs.  For non-designated derivatives, gains and losses are reported as selling, general and administrative
expenses in the consolidated statement of income.  Cash flows from derivatives are recognized in the consolidated
statements of cash flows in a manner consistent with recognition of the underlying transactions.

Share-based compensation: The Company estimates the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant
using an option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, which is derived,
in part, following consideration of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods.
Share-based compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model
that takes into account subjective and complex assumptions with respect to the expected life of the options, volatility,
risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted is derived from the vesting
period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that options granted are
expected to be outstanding. Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical volatility and implied volatility derived
from publicly traded options to purchase the Company’s common stock, which the Company believes is more reflective
of market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than would be the case if the Company only used
historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on United States (or "U.S.") Treasury
zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.  Forfeitures are estimated at the
time of grant based on management’s expectations regarding the extent to which awards ultimately will vest and are
adjusted for actual forfeitures when they occur.

Income taxes: The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting
for  income  taxes.  Under  this  approach,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  to  reflect  the  future  tax
consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their tax bases, and to reflect operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The provision for income taxes
represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Provision
has been made for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates, except to the extent that such
earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. The Company
establishes additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there
remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more likely
than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of business, the
Company and its subsidiaries are examined by various federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Company regularly
assesses the potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current or prior years in
determining the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. Interest accrued with respect to unrecognized tax benefits
and income tax related penalties are both included in taxes on income from continuing operations. The Company
periodically assesses the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjusts the income tax provision, the
current tax liability and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to an adjustment become known.

Pensions and other postretirement benefits: The Company provides a range of benefits to eligible employees and
retired employees, including under plans that provide pension and postretirement healthcare benefits. The Company
records annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions
such as discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates and healthcare
cost trend rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the
assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate. The effect of the modifications is generally amortized
over future periods.

Restructuring  costs: Restructuring  costs,  which  include  termination  benefits,  facility  closure  costs,  contract
termination costs and other restructuring costs, are recorded at estimated fair value. Other restructuring costs include
facility  closure,  contract  termination,  employee  relocation,  equipment  relocation  and  outplacement  costs.  Key
assumptions used in calculating the restructuring costs include the terms of, and payments under, agreements to
terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of reductions in force.

Contingent consideration related to business acquisitions: In connection with business acquisitions, the Company
may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of specified objectives such as

F-12

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product or achievement of sales targets. As of the acquisition
date, the Company records a contingent liability representing the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration
that it expects to pay.  The Company remeasures the fair value of its contingent consideration arrangements each
reporting period and, based on new developments, records changes in fair value until either the contingent consideration
obligation is satisfied through payment upon the achievement of, or the obligation no longer exists due to the failure
to achieve, the specified objectives.  The change in the fair value is recorded in selling, general and administrative
expenses in the consolidated statement of income. A contingent consideration payment is classified as a financing
activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows to the extent it was recorded as a liability as of the acquisition date.
Any  additional  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  amount  initially  accrued  is  classified  as  an  operating  activity  in  the
consolidated statement of cash flows.

Revenue recognition: The Company primarily generates revenue from the sale of medical devices including single
use disposable devices and, to a lesser extent, reusable devices, instruments and capital equipment.  Revenue is
recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with the Company’s customer are satisfied; this occurs
upon the transfer of control of the products.  Generally, transfer of control to the customer occurs at the point in time
when the Company’s products are shipped from the manufacturing or distribution facility. For the Company’s OEM
segment, most revenue is recognized over time because the OEM segment generates revenue from the sale of custom
products  that  have  no  alternative  use  and  the  Company  has  an  enforceable  right  to  payment  to  the  extent  that
performance  has  been  completed.  The  Company  markets  and  sells  products  through  its  direct  sales  force  and
distributors to customers within the following end markets: (1) hospitals and healthcare providers; (2) other medical
device  manufacturers;  and  (3)  home  care  providers  such  as  pharmacies,  which  comprised  87%,  9%  and  4%  of
consolidated net revenues, respectively, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. Revenue is measured as
the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods. With respect to the
custom products sold in the OEM segment, revenue is measured using the units produced output method.  Payment
is generally due 30 days from the date of invoice. 

The Company has made the following accounting policy elections and elected to use certain practical expedients,
as permitted by the FASB, in applying ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: (1) the Company accounts
for amounts collected from customers for sales and other taxes, net of related amounts remitted to tax authorities; (2)
the Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component
because, at contract inception, the Company expects the period between the time when the Company transfers a
promised good or service to the customer and the time when the customer pays for that good or service will be one
year or less; (3) the Company expenses costs to obtain a contract as they are incurred if the expected period of benefit,
and therefore the amortization period, is one year or less; (4) the Company accounts for shipping and handling activities
that occur after control transfers to the customer as a fulfillment cost rather than an additional promised service; (5)
the Company classifies shipping and handling costs within cost of goods sold; and (6) with respect to the OEM segment,
the Company has applied the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of remaining performance obligations as the
contracts typically have a term of one year or less.

The amount of consideration the Company receives and revenue the Company recognizes varies as a result of
changes in customer sales incentives, including discounts and rebates, and returns offered to customers. The estimate
of revenue is adjusted upon the earlier of the following events: (i) the most likely amount of consideration expected to
be received changes or (ii) the consideration becomes fixed.  The Company’s policy is to accept returns only in cases
in which the product is defective and covered under the Company’s standard warranty provisions. When the Company
gives customers the right to return products, the Company estimates the expected returns based on an analysis of
historical experience. The reserve for returns and allowances was $4.2 million as of  December 31, 2018 and 2017.
In estimating customer rebates, the Company considers the lag time between the point of sale and the payment of
the customer’s rebate claim, customer-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments, including stated rebate rates,
historical experience with respect to specific customers (as the Company has a history of providing similar rebates on
similar products to similar customers) and other relevant information.  The reserve for customer incentive programs,
including customer rebates, was $18.1 million and $12.2 million at  December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The
Company expects the amounts subject to the reserve as of  December 31, 2018 to be paid within 90 days subsequent
to period-end.

Note 2 — Recently issued accounting standards 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), in a joint effort with the International Accounting
Standards Board ("IASB"), issued new accounting guidance to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue. This new
guidance, as amended by additional guidance issued in 2015 and 2016, is encompassed in FASB Accounting Standards

F-13

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Codification  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (“ASC  606”)  and  is  designed  to  enhance  the
comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions and capital markets, and affects
any entity that enters into contracts with customers or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets,
unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The new guidance establishes principles for reporting
information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash
flows arising from an entity's contracts with customers. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity recognizes
revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration
to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. The Company adopted the new
standard on January 1, 2018, applying the modified retrospective method to all of its contracts; as a result, the Company
recognized the cumulative effect of adopting the guidance as a $1.2 million increase to the Company's opening balance
of retained earnings on the adoption date. In addition, in connection with its adoption of the new guidance, the Company
reclassified the reserve for product returns from a reduction of receivables to a liability.  The reserve for returns and
allowances was $4.2 million at December 31, 2018.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on
the  Company's  consolidated  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  position.  Additional  information  and
disclosures required by this new standard are contained in Note 3.

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that will change the requirements for accounting for leases. Under
the new guidance, lessees (including lessees under both leases classified as finance leases, which are to be classified
based on criteria similar to that applicable to capital leases under previous guidance, and leases classified as operating
leases) will recognize a right-to-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet, initially measured as the present
value of lease payments under the lease. Under previous guidance, operating leases are not recognized on the balance
sheet.  The standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December
15, 2018. The new guidance must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing
at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, subject
to certain practical expedients that an entity may elect to apply to the transition.

The Company will adopt the new guidance on January 1, 2019 and will recognize the cumulative effect of initially
applying the standard, if any, as an adjustment to the Company's opening balance of retained earnings rather than at
the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements.

As permitted under the new guidance, the Company has made an accounting policy election not to apply the
recognition provisions of the new guidance to short term leases (leases with a lease term of 12 months or less that
do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise); instead,
the Company will recognize the lease payments for short term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

In addition, the Company has elected to apply certain practical expedients available under the new guidance. As
a result, and in connection with the transition to the new guidance, the Company will not reassess (i) whether any
expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the classification of any expired or existing leases, or (iii) initial
direct costs for any existing leases.  The Company will apply the practical expedients described above to its entire
lease portfolio at the January 1, 2019 adoption date.  Furthermore, as permitted under the new guidance, the Company
has made, as a practical expedient, an accounting policy election to not separate lease and non-lease components
and instead will account for each separate lease component and the non-lease components associated with that lease
component as a single lease component.

While the Company continues to assess the effect that the new standard will have on its financial position and
results  of  operations,  the  Company  expects  to  recognize  additional  assets  and  corresponding  liabilities  on  the
consolidated balance sheets because it maintains an operating lease portfolio at January 1, 2019, the date of adoption
of the new standard.  The Company has made substantial progress in implementing a new lease accounting system
and updating its controls and procedures to enable the Company to aggregate lease data and improve lease accounting
processes in a manner that facilitates financial reporting in accordance with the new guidance.  The Company estimates
that it will recognize a right-to-use asset and corresponding lease liability of approximately $90 to $110 million upon
adoption of the new guidance.

In October 2016, the FASB issued new guidance requiring companies to recognize the income tax effects of intra-
entity sales and transfers of assets, other than inventory, in the income statement as income tax expense (or benefit)
in the period in which the transfer occurs. Previously, recognition was prohibited until the assets were sold to an outside
party or otherwise utilized. The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective
method of adoption; as a result, the Company recognized the cumulative effect of adopting the guidance as a $1.8
million increase to the Company's opening balance of retained earnings on the adoption date. The adoption of this

F-14

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial
position.

In January 2017, the FASB issued guidance to simplify the quantitative test for goodwill impairment.  Under current
guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, the entity must determine the implied value of
goodwill. This determination is made by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit’s identifiable assets and liabilities
from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole as if the reporting unit had just been acquired. Under the new
guidance, a determination of the implied value of goodwill will no longer be required; a goodwill impairment will be
equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount
of goodwill.  The revised guidance is effective for fiscal years, and any interim goodwill impairment tests within those
fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019.  Early adoption is permitted for any impairment tests performed after
January  1,  2017.  The  Company  is  evaluating  the  impact  of  the  adoption  of  this  guidance,  but  currently  does  not
anticipate the guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In  March  2017,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  for  employers  that  sponsor  defined  benefit  pension  or  other
postretirement benefit plans.  The guidance requires that these employers disaggregate specified components of net
periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost (collectively, "net benefit cost"). Specifically, the
guidance generally requires employers to present in the income statement the service cost component of net benefit
cost  in  the  same  line  item  or  items  as  other  compensation  costs  arising  from  services  rendered  by  the  pertinent
employees during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the income
statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations. The Company
adopted  this  guidance  on  January  1,  2018.   The  adoption  of  the  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the
consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued guidance with the objective of improving the financial reporting of hedging
relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity's risk management activities in its financial statements.
The new guidance provides for changes to previous designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging
relationships and to the method of presenting hedge results. In addition, the new guidance includes certain targeted
improvements to ease the application of previous guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness.  The
new guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, but the guidance permits early
adoption,  and  the  Company  adopted  the  guidance  effective  October  1,  2018;  the  adoption  did  not  result  in  any
cumulative-effect adjustments to retained earnings.

In February 2018, the FASB issued new guidance to address a narrow-scope financial reporting issue that arose
as a consequence of United States tax legislation adopted in December 2017 and commonly referred to as the Tax
Cuts and Jobs Act ("the TCJA").  Existing guidance requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be adjusted for a
change in tax laws or rates with the effect included in income from continuing operations in the reporting period that
includes the enactment date. The guidance is applicable even in situations in which the related income tax effects of
items in accumulated other comprehensive income were originally recognized in other comprehensive income (rather
than in net income), such as amounts related to benefit plans and hedging activity. As a result, the tax effects of items
within accumulated other comprehensive income (referred to as stranded tax effects) do not reflect the appropriate
tax rate. The new guidance permits a reclassification of these amounts from accumulated other comprehensive income
to retained earnings, thereby eliminating the stranded tax effects.  The new guidance also requires certain disclosures
about the stranded tax effects. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and
interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance can be applied either in the
period of adoption or retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal
corporate income tax rate under the TCJA is recognized. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance
will have on its consolidated financial statements.

From time to time, new accounting guidance issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies is adopted by
the Company as of the specified effective date or, when permitted by the guidance and as determined by the Company,
as of an earlier date. The Company has assessed recently issued guidance that is not yet effective, except as noted
above, and believes the new guidance that it has assessed will not have a material impact on the Company’s results
of operations, cash flows or financial position.

F-15

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 3 - Net revenues

The following table disaggregates revenue by global product category for the year ended December 31, 2018 and

2017. 

Vascular access

Anesthesia

Interventional

Surgical

Interventional urology

OEM
Other (1)

Net revenues (2)(3)

Year Ended December 31

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)
575,327

349,370

395,423

358,707

196,735

205,976

540,234

344,599

324,681

356,156

38,957

182,967

358,709

2,146,303

366,845
2,448,383 $

$

(1)  Other revenues in the table above include revenues generated from sales of the Company’s respiratory and urology products.  For the
years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company reclassified its cardiac products from "Other," as it had been classified in prior
interim periods, to the Interventional product category. 

(2) The product categories listed above are presented on a global basis; in contrast, the Company’s North American reportable segments
generally are defined based on the particular products sold by the segments, and its non-North American reportable segments are defined
exclusively based on the geographic location of segment operations (with the exception of the Original Equipment and Development
Services ("OEM") reportable segment, which operates globally).  The Company’s EMEA and Asia reportable segments, as well as its Latin
America operating segment, include net revenues from each of the product categories listed above. 

(3) The methodology used to determine the product revenues included within certain of the product categories listed in the table above differs
from the methodology used to classify revenues in our reportable segments, including the similarly named North American reportable
segments.  The differences are due to the fact that segment classification generally is determined based on the call point within the
customer's organization from which the purchase order resulting in the sale originated, while the classification of products within the product
categories listed in the table above includes all sales of products within the listed product category, regardless of the call point within the
customer's organization from which the sale originated.

Note 4 — Acquisitions 

The  Company's  2018  acquisitions  are  described  below.    With  the  exception  of  the  distributor  to  direct  sales
conversions, the transactions were accounted for as business combinations.  The Company accounts for business
combinations under the acquisition method of accounting.  This method requires the recording of acquired assets,
including separately identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities at their respective acquisition date estimated
fair values.  The results of operations of the acquired businesses and assets are included in the consolidated statements
of income from their respective acquisition dates.

On December 20, 2018, the Company acquired certain assets of Specialty Surgical Instrumentation, Inc., which
complement the Company's surgical product portfolio. The aggregate consideration transferred for the assets, which
principally consisted of customer relationships of $20.0 million, intellectual property of $3.0 million and $10.0 million
of goodwill, was $37.0 million.  The finite lived intangible assets are being amortized over a useful life of 15 years.

On October 4, 2018, the Company acquired Essential Medical, Inc., a medical device company that developed
the MANTA Vascular Closure Device, which is designed for closure of large bore arteriotomies and complements the
Company's interventional product portfolio. The fair value of the consideration transferred was $114.7 million, which
included an initial payment of $60.4 million and $54.3 million in estimated fair value of contingent consideration.  The
contingent consideration liability represents the estimated fair value of the Company's obligations, under the acquisition
agreement, to make additional payments of up to $100 million if certain sales and regulatory goals are met.  Based
on the preliminary purchase price allocation, the assets acquired principally consist of $103.2 million of intellectual
property, $2.0 million of customer relationship assets and $30.1 million of goodwill.  The intangible assets are being
amortized over a useful life of 20 years.  The fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated using the Monte
Carlo valuation approach. See Note 11 for additional information related to the fair value measurement of the contingent
consideration. Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents revenue growth attributable to anticipated increased
market penetration from acquired products and future customers and is not tax deductible.

On June 21, 2018, the Company acquired certain assets of QT Vascular LTD, a medical device company that
developed and marketed coronary balloon catheters, which complement the Company's interventional product portfolio.

F-16

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The aggregate consideration transferred for the assets, which primarily consisted of intellectual property, was $20.6
million.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company completed several distributor to direct sales conversions.

The aggregate consideration transferred by the Company in connection with these transactions was $4.9 million.

Pro forma information for 2018 acquisitions is not presented as the operations of the acquired businesses are not

material to the overall operations of the Company. 

2017 acquisitions

NeoTract

On October 2, 2017, the Company acquired NeoTract, Inc. ("NeoTract"), a medical device company that developed
and commercialized the UroLift System, a minimally invasive medical device for treating lower urinary tract symptoms
due to benign prostatic hyperplasia, or BPH. The Company made initial payments of $725.6 million in cash less a
favorable working capital adjustment of $1.4 million.  Additionally, the estimated fair value of contingent consideration
related to NeoTract sales-based milestones as of  December 31, 2018 was $234.4 million.  The contingent consideration
liability represents the estimated fair value of the Company’s obligations, under the acquisition agreement, to make
additional payments of up to $300 million in the aggregate if specified sales goals through the end of 2020 are achieved.
The Company made a payment of $75.0 million during 2018 as a result of the achievement of a sales goal for the
period  from  January  1,  2018  to  April  30,  2018.  NeoTract  financial  information  is  primarily  presented  within  the
Interventional Urology North America operating segment, which is included in the "all other" category in the Company's
presentation of segment information.

Vascular Solutions, Inc.

On February 17, 2017, the Company acquired Vascular Solutions, a medical device company that developed
and marketed products for use in minimally invasive coronary and peripheral vascular procedures. The aggregate
consideration paid by the Company in connection with the acquisition was $975.5 million. 

Other acquisitions

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  we  also  completed  acquisitions  related  to  our  anesthesia  and
respiratory product portfolios and distributor to direct sales conversions. The total fair value of the consideration related
to these acquisitions was $80.1 million.

Pro forma combined financial information 

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the years ended December 31, 2017 and
2016, respectively, gives effect to the Vascular Solutions and NeoTract acquisitions as if they were completed at the
beginning of the earliest period presented.  The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only
and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have occurred under the ownership
and management of the Company.

Net revenue

Net income

Basic earnings per common share:

Net income

Diluted earnings per common share:

Net income

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

F-17

2017

2016

(unaudited)
$ 2,255,696 $ 2,084,439
106,512
$

119,934 $

$

$

2.66 $

2.46

2.57 $

2.24

45,004

46,664

43,325

47,646

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented above includes the accounting effects of the Vascular
Solutions and NeoTract acquisitions, including, to the extent applicable, amortization charges from acquired intangible
assets; adjustments for depreciation of property, plant and equipment; interest expense; and the related tax effects. 

Note 5 — Restructuring and impairment charges

The restructuring and impairment charges recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 consisted
of the following:

2018 Footprint realignment plan

2016 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (1)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

Total restructuring and impairment charges

2018

Termination benefits

Other Costs

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

$

53,992 $

2,318

1,502

57,812 $
—
57,812 $

1,001 $
543

764
2,308 $

19,110
21,418 $

54,993

2,861

2,266

60,120

19,110

79,230

(1)

Includes activity related to the 2014 Footprint realignment plan, the 2017 Vascular Solutions integration program, the 2017 EMEA restructuring
program and the other 2016 restructuring programs. 

2017

Termination benefits

Other Costs

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

2017 Vascular Solutions integration program

2017 EMEA restructuring program

2016 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (1)
Total restructuring charges

$

$

5,377 $
4,921

1,314

1,704

13,316 $

118 $
280

783

293
1,474 $

5,495

5,201

2,097

1,997

14,790

(1)

Includes activity primarily related to the other 2016 restructuring programs, the 2014 Footprint realignment plan and the 2017 Pyng integration
program.  The Company committed to the 2017 Pyng Integration program, which relates to the integration of Pyng Medical Corp. ("Pyng")
into the Company, during the second quarter 2017, following the Company's acquisition of Pyng in April 2017. 

Other 2016 restructuring programs

2016 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (1)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

Total restructuring and impairment charges

2016

Termination benefits

Other Costs

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

$

2,531 $

11,176
(477)
13,230 $
—
13,230 $

683 $

1,334

624
2,641 $

43,356
45,997 $

3,214

12,510

147

15,871

43,356

59,227

(1)

Includes activity primarily related to the 2014 Footprint realignment plan and the programs initiated in 2015 that were associated with the
reorganization of certain businesses and shared service center functions as well as the consolidation of certain facilities in North America.
The 2015 programs have been completed. 

F-18

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2018 Footprint realignment plan

On  May  1,  2018,  the  Company  initiated  a  restructuring  plan  involving  the  relocation  of  certain  European
manufacturing  operations  to  existing  lower-cost  locations,  the  outsourcing  of  certain  of  the  Company’s  European
distribution  operations  and  related  workforce  reductions  (the  “2018  Footprint  realignment  plan").  These  actions  are
expected to be substantially completed by the end of 2024.  The following table provides a summary of the Company’s
cost estimates by major type of expense associated with the 2018 Footprint realignment plan:

Type of expense

Termination benefits

Other costs

Restructuring charges
Restructuring related charges (1)

Total estimated amount expected to be incurred

$60 million to $70 million

$2 million to $4 million

$62 million to $74 million

$40 million to $59 million

Total restructuring and restructuring related charges

$102 million to $133 million

(1) Consists of pre-tax charges related to accelerated depreciation and other costs directly related to the plan, primarily project management
costs and costs to transfer manufacturing operations to the new locations, as well as a charge associated with the Company’s exit from the
facilities that is expected to be imposed by the taxing authority in the affected jurisdiction.  Excluding this tax charge, substantially all of the
charges are expected to be recognized within costs of goods sold.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the 2018 Footprint realignment plan restructuring reserve:

Balance at December 31, 2017

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2018

Termination benefits

Other Costs

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

— $

53,992
(3,503)
(2,015)
48,474

$

— $

1,001
(1,000)
(1)
— $

—

54,993
(4,503)
(2,016)
48,474

The Company recorded restructuring related charges with respect to the 2018 Footprint realignment plan of $4.1

million for the year ended December 31, 2018, within cost of goods sold.  

2017 Vascular Solutions integration program

During 2017, the Company committed to a restructuring program related to the integration of Vascular Solutions
into Teleflex.  As of December 31, 2018 the Company incurred net aggregate restructuring charges under the plan of
$6.1 million. The program is substantially complete and as a result, the Company expects future restructuring expenses
associated with the program, if any, to be nominal. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has a restructuring reserve
of $0.3 million related to this program.

2017 EMEA restructuring program

During 2017, the Company committed to a restructuring program to centralize certain administrative functions in
Europe. As of December 31, 2018 the Company incurred net aggregate restructuring charges under the plan of $5.9
million. The  program  is  substantially  complete  and  as  a  result,  the  Company  expects  future  restructuring  expenses
associated with the program, if any, to be nominal. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has a restructuring reserve
of $0.8 million related to this program.

2016 Footprint realignment plan

In 2016, the Company initiated a restructuring plan involving the relocation of certain manufacturing operations, the
relocation and outsourcing of certain distribution operations and a related workforce reduction at certain of the Company's
facilities (the “2016 Footprint realignment plan"). The program is substantially complete and as a result, the Company
expects future restructuring expenses associated with the program, if any, to be immaterial.

F-19

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the activity related to the 2016 Footprint realignment plan restructuring reserve:

Balance at December 31, 2016

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2017

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2018

Termination benefits

Other Costs

Total

$

$

8,135

1,314
(2,096)
(57)
7,296

2,318
(3,954)
(244)
5,416

(Dollars in thousands)
760
$

$

783
(1,218)
44

369

543
(912)
—
— $

$

8,895

2,097
(3,314)
(13)
7,665

2,861
(4,866)
(244)
5,416

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, the Company also incurred restructuring related costs of
$7.1 million, $8.3 million, and $6.4 million, respectively, with respect to the 2016 Footprint realignment plan, the majority
of which constituted accelerated depreciation and other costs, which primarily were recognized within cost of goods sold.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has incurred net aggregate restructuring expenses related to the 2016
Footprint  realignment  plan  of  $17.5  million.  Additionally,  as  of  December 31,  2018,  the  Company  has  incurred  net
aggregate restructuring related charges in connection with the plan of $21.8 million, which were primarily included in
cost of goods sold.

2014 Footprint realignment plan

In  April  2014,  the  Company  initiated  a  restructuring  plan  (the  "2014  Footprint  realignment  plan")  involving  the
consolidation of operations and a related reduction in workforce at certain facilities, and the relocation of manufacturing
operations from certain higher-cost locations to existing lower-cost locations. 

During the fourth quarter 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with an alternate provider for the development
and supply of a component to be included in certain kits primarily sold by the Company’s Vascular North America and
Anesthesia North America operating segments.  The agreement will result in increased development costs, but is expected
to reduce the cost of the component supply, once the supply becomes commercially available, as compared to costs
incurred with respect to current suppliers. The Company estimates that it will incur aggregate pre-tax charges in connection
with the 2014 Footprint realignment plan of $47 million to $52 million of which an estimated $38 million to $43 million
are expected to result in future cash outlays.  Additionally, the Company expects that it will incur $24 million to $30 million
in aggregate capital expenditures under the plan. The Company expects the program to be substantially complete by
the end of 2021.

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s cost estimates by major type of expense associated with

the 2014 Footprint realignment plan:

Type of expense

Termination benefits

Other costs

Restructuring charges
Restructuring related charges (1)

Total estimated amount expected to be incurred
$12 million to $13 million

$1 million to $2 million

$13 million to $15 million

$34 million to $37 million

$47 million to $52 million

(1) Consists of accelerated depreciation and other costs directly related to the plan, primarily as a result of the transfer of manufacturing
operations to new locations.

F-20

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the activity related to the 2014 Footprint realignment plan restructuring reserve:

Balance at December 31, 2016

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2017

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2018

Termination benefits

Other Costs

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

5,370 $
687
(2,131)
3,926

744
(734)
3,936 $

— $
68
(68)
—

86
(86)
— $

5,370

755
(2,199)
3,926

830
(820)
3,936

 For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company reported restructuring related costs  of $2.2
million, $4.0 million and $8.5 million, respectively, related to this plan within cost of goods sold. These costs related to
accelerated depreciation and certain other costs, primarily for the transfer of manufacturing operations from the existing
locations to the new locations in connection with the plan. 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has incurred net aggregate restructuring expenses related to the plan of
$12.6 million. Additionally, as of December 31, 2018, the Company has incurred net aggregate restructuring related
charges in connection with the plan of $29.1 million, which were included in cost of goods sold.

2016 Other restructuring programs

During  2016,  the  Company  commenced  restructuring  programs  involving  the  consolidation  of  certain  global
administrative functions and manufacturing operations. As of December 31, 2018 the Company incurred net aggregate
restructuring charges under the programs of $4.2 million. These programs are substantially complete and as a result,
the Company expects future restructuring expenses associated with the programs, if any, to be nominal. 

As each of the ongoing plans and programs described above progress, management will reevaluate the estimated

expenses set forth above, and may revise its estimates, as appropriate, consistent with GAAP.

2019 Footprint realignment plan

In February 2019, the Company initiated a restructuring plan primarily involving the relocation of certain manufacturing
operations to existing lower-cost locations and related workforce reductions (the “2019 Footprint realignment plan"). See
Note 20 for additional information.

F-21

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Restructuring Charges by Segment

Restructuring charges by reportable operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

are set forth in the following table: 

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)

Vascular North America

Interventional North America

Anesthesia North America

Surgical North America

EMEA

OEM

All other

$

556 $
900

371

—

55,608

—

2,685

Total restructuring charges

$

60,120 $

Impairment Charges

2,595 $
4,908

1,262

—

5,722

—

303
14,790 $

5,843

459

1,839

151

4,423

795

2,361

15,871

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded impairment charges of $19.1 million primarily as a
result of its decision to abandon certain intellectual property associated with products that were eliminated from the
Company's interventional product portfolio. There were no impairment charges recorded for the year ended December
31, 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $43.4 million of impairment charges, including
$41.0 million related to a discontinued IPR&D project and $2.4 million related to two properties that were sold during the
first quarter of 2017.

Note 6 — Inventories 

Inventories, net at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consist of the following:

Raw materials

Work-in-process

Finished goods

Inventories, net

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)
111,105 $

98,451

$

62,334

254,339

427,778

62,381

234,912

395,744

Note 7 — Property, plant and equipment 

The major classes of property, plant and equipment, at cost, at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows: 

2018

2017

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements

Machinery and equipment

Computer equipment and software

Construction in progress

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

$

$

F-22

(Dollars in thousands)
224,605 $
421,873

207,927

384,710

137,899

105,319

889,696
(456,930)
432,766 $

122,890

73,920

789,447
(406,448)
382,999

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 8 — Goodwill and other intangible assets 

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable operating segment, for the years ended December 31,

2018 and 2017 are as follows:

Vascular
North
America

Interventional
North
America

Anesthesia
North
America

Surgical
North
America

EMEA

Asia

OEM

All other

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance as of

December 31, 2016

Goodwill

$ 485,986

$

84,615

$ 225,784

$ 250,912

$ 290,041

$ 138,185

$ 4,883

$ 128,442

$ 1,608,848

Accumulated impairment

losses

Goodwill related to
acquisitions

Translation and other

adjustments

Balance as of

December 31, 2017

Goodwill related to
acquisitions

Translation and other

adjustments

Balance as of

December 31, 2018

(219,527)

266,459

(5,528)

(84,531)

—

—

—

—

(22,542)

(332,128)

79,087

141,253

250,912

290,041

138,185

4,883

105,900

1,276,720

—

342,901

15,599

— 161,543

59,954

(1,590)

11,061

437

—

42,964

11,061

—

—

313,714

893,711

1,228

65,161

$ 264,869

$

433,049

$ 157,289

$ 250,912

$ 494,548

$ 209,200

$ 4,883

$ 420,842

$ 2,235,592

—

—

27,355

—

2,403

4,730

6,590

(4,815)

(950)

—

(18,663)

(4,243)

—

—

(413)

40,665

(1,007)

(29,678)

$ 264,869

$

455,589

$ 156,339

$ 253,315

$ 480,615

$ 211,547

$ 4,883

$ 419,422

$ 2,246,579

Intangible assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:

Gross Carrying Amount

Accumulated Amortization

2018

2017

2018

2017

Customer relationships

In-process research and development

Intellectual property

Distribution rights

Trade names

Non-compete agreements

28,457

34,672

1,363,516

(Dollars in thousands)
$ 1,030,194 $ 1,023,837 $ (322,972) $ (281,263)
—
(258,580)
(16,996)
(22,069)
(1,976)
$ 3,033,706 $ 2,964,632 $ (708,654) $ (580,884)

—
(322,539)
(17,860)
(36,379)
(8,904)

1,287,487

565,070

571,510

23,697

23,465

23,429

23,004

As of December 31, 2018, trade names having a carrying value of $233.5 million are considered indefinite-lived.
Acquired IPR&D is indefinite-lived until the completion of the related development project, at which point amortization
of the carrying value of the technology will commence.  See Note 4 for additional details regarding intangible assets
acquired during 2018.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized a $16.9 million pre-tax ($8.6 million after
tax) impairment charge related to the abandonment of certain intellectual property intangible assets.  Refer to Note 5
for additional details. 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $149.5 million, $98.8 million, and $63.5 million for the years
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for each of the five
succeeding years is as follows:

2019

2020

2021

2022
2023

(Dollars in thousands)
150,200
$

149,500

141,900

136,600
135,100

F-23

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 9 — Borrowings 

The Company's borrowings at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

Senior Credit Facility:

Revolving credit facility, at a rate of 4.27% at December 31, 2018 and 3.44% at
December 31, 2017, due 2022

$

293,000 $

349,000

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

Term loan facility, at a rate of 4.27% at December 31, 2018 and 3.57% at
December 31 2017, due 2022

5.25% Senior Notes due 2024

4.875% Senior Notes due 2026

4.625% Senior Notes due 2027

Securitization program, at a rate of 3.25% at December 31, 2018 and 2.31% at
December 31, 2017

Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs

Current portion of borrowings

Long-term borrowings

Senior credit facility

683,500

250,000

400,000

500,000

721,000

250,000

400,000

500,000

50,000

50,000

2,176,500
(17,675)
2,158,825
(86,625)

2,270,000
(20,448)
2,249,552
(86,625)
$ 2,072,200 $ 2,162,927

On January 20, 2017, the Company amended and restated its then existing senior credit agreement by entering
into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which provides for a five year revolving credit facility of $1.0 billion
and  a  term  loan  facility  of  $750.0  million  (the  "Credit  Agreement").  The  Company's  obligations  under  the  Credit
Agreement are guaranteed (subject to certain exceptions and limitations) by substantially all of the material domestic
subsidiaries of the Company and are secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets owned by the Company and
each guarantor.  The maturity date of the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement is January 20, 2022, and
the term loan facility will mature on February 17, 2022.

At the Company’s option, loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to adjusted LIBOR
plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.50% or at an alternate base rate, which generally is defined as the
highest of (i) the publicly announced prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the administrative agent under the
Credit Agreement, (ii) 0.5% above the federal funds rate and (iii) 1% above adjusted LIBOR for a one month interest
period, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.25% to 1.50%, in each case subject to adjustment based on the
Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio (generally, Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness, as defined in the
Credit Agreement, on the date of determination to Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, for the
four most recent fiscal quarters ending on or preceding the date of determination).  Overdue loans will bear interest
at the rate otherwise applicable to such loans plus 2.00%.  

The  Credit Agreement  contains  covenants  that,  among  other  things  and  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  place
limitations on the Company and its subsidiaries regarding its ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to incur additional
indebtedness, create additional liens, enter into a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, dispose of certain assets,
make certain investments or acquisitions, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, enter into swap agreements
or enter into transactions with affiliates.  The Company is required to maintain a consolidated total leverage ratio of
not more than 4.50 to 1.00 and a consolidated senior secured leverage ratio (generally, Consolidated Senior Secured
Funded Indebtedness, as defined in the Credit Agreement, on the date of determination to Consolidated EBITDA for
the four most recent quarters ending on or preceding the date of determination) of not more than 3.50 to 1.00. The
Company is further required to maintain a consolidated interest coverage ratio (generally, Consolidated EBITDA for
the four most recent fiscal quarters ending on or preceding the date of determination to Consolidated Interest Expense,
as defined in the Credit Agreement, paid in cash for such period) of not less than 3.50 to 1.00.

As  of December 31,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  had  outstanding  irrevocable  standby  letters  of  credit  of
approximately $2.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively, with various third parties. The letters of credit reduced the
amount of available funds under the revolving credit facility by an equal amount.

F-24

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5.25% Senior Notes due 2024

       On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $250 million of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (which, as originally issued,
or in the substantially identical form issued April 2015 in exchange for the originally issued notes (as discussed below),
are referred to as the "2024 Notes"). The Company pays interest on the 2024 Notes semi-annually on June 15 and
December 15, at a rate of 5.25% per year. The 2024 Notes will mature on June 15, 2024, unless earlier redeemed by
the Company at its option, as described below, or purchased by the Company at the holder’s option under specified
circumstances following a Change of Control or Asset Sale (each as defined in the indenture related to the 2024 Notes).

The Company's obligations under the 2024 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally,
by each of the Company’s existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor
under the Credit Agreement and by certain of the Company’s other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees
are  subject  to  certain  customary  automatic  release  provisions.  See  Note  18  for  further  information  regarding  the
guarantors under the 2024 Notes.

At any time on or after June 15, 2019, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the
2024  Notes  at  a  redemption  price  of  102.625%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2024  Notes  subject  to  redemption,
declining, in annual increments of 0.875%, to 100% of the principal amount on June 15, 2022, plus accrued and unpaid
interest.  In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2019, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some
or all of the 2024 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes redeemed,
plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest.  The “make-whole” premium is the greater of
(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any, over the principal
amount of the 2024 Notes of the present value, on the redemption date, of the sum of (i) the June 15, 2019 optional
redemption price  plus (ii) all required interest payments on the 2024 Notes through June 15, 2019 (other than accrued
and unpaid interest to the redemption date), generally calculated using a discount rate equal to the yield to maturity
of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity for the period most nearly equal to the period from the redemption
date to June 15, 2019 (unless the period is less than one year, in which case the weekly average yield on traded U.S.
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used), plus 50 basis points.

The  indenture  relating  to  the  2024  Notes  contains  covenants  that,  among  other  things  and  subject  to  certain
exceptions, limit or restrict the Company’s ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to incur additional debt or issue
preferred stock or other disqualified stock; create liens; merge, consolidate, or dispose of certain assets; pay dividends
make investments or make other restricted payments; or enter into transactions with affiliates.

4.875% Senior Notes due 2026

On May 16, 2016, the Company issued $400.0 million of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (the "2026 Notes").
The Company pays interest on the 2026 Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 at a rate of 4.875% per year.
The 2026 Notes mature on June 1, 2026, unless earlier redeemed by the Company at its option, as described below,
or purchased by the Company at the holder’s option under specified circumstances following a Change of Control or
Asset Sale (each as defined in the Indenture related to the 2026 Notes) or upon the Company’s election to exercise
its optional redemption rights, as described below.

The Company's obligations under the 2026 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally,
by each of the Company’s existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor
under the Credit Agreement and by certain of the Company’s other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. See Note 18
for further information regarding the guarantors under the 2026 Notes.

At any time on or after June 1, 2021, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the
2026  Notes  at  a  redemption  price  of  102.438%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2026  Notes  subject  to  redemption,
declining, in annual increments of 0.813%, to 100% of the principal amount on June 1, 2024, plus accrued and unpaid
interest. In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2021, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some
or all of the 2026 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes redeemed,
plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium is the greater of (a)
1.0% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any, over the principal
amount of the 2026 Notes of the present value, on the redemption date of the sum of (i) the June 1, 2021 optional
redemption price plus (ii) all required interest payments on the 2026 Notes through June 1, 2021 (other than accrued
and unpaid interest to the redemption date), generally computed using a discount rate equal to the yield to maturity
of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity for the period most nearly equal to the period from the redemption

F-25

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

date to June 1, 2021 (unless the period is less than one year, in which case the weekly average yield on traded U.S.
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used), plus 50 basis points.

In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2019, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40%
of the aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes, using the proceeds of specified types of Company equity offerings
and subject to specified conditions, at a redemption price equal to 104.875% of the principal amount of the Notes
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

The indenture relating to the 2026 Notes contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain
exceptions, limit or restrict the Company’s ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to incur additional debt or issue
preferred  stock  or  other  disqualified  stock;  create  liens;  merge,  consolidate  or  dispose  of  certain  assets,  make
investments or make other restricted payments; or enter into transactions with affiliates. 

4.625% Senior Notes due 2027

On  November  20,  2017,  the  Company  issued  $500.0  million  of  4.625%  Senior  Notes  due  2027  (the  "2027
Notes").  The Company pays interest on the 2027 Notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15, commencing
on May 15, 2018, at a rate of 4.625% per year. The 2027 Notes mature on November 15, 2027 unless earlier redeemed
by the Company at its option, as described below, or purchased by the Company at the holder’s option under specified
circumstances following a Change of Control or Asset Sale (each as defined in the indenture related to the 2027 Notes),
coupled with a downgrade in the ratings of the 2027 Notes, or upon the Company’s election to exercise its optional
redemption rights, as described below. The Company incurred transaction fees of $7.9 million, including underwriters’
discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering of the 2027 Notes, which were recorded on the consolidated
balance sheet as a reduction to long-term borrowings and are being amortized over the term of the 2027 Notes. The
Company used the net proceeds from the offering to repay borrowings under its revolving credit facility.

The Company's obligations under the 2027 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally,
by each of the Company’s existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor
under the Credit Agreement and by certain of the Company’s other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. See Note 18
for further information regarding the guarantors under the 2027 Notes.

At any time on or after November 15, 2022, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all
of the 2027 Notes at a redemption price of 102.313% of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes subject to redemption,
declining, in annual increments of 0.771%, to 100% of the principal amount on November 15, 2025, plus accrued and
unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to November 15, 2022, the Company may, on one or more occasions,
redeem some or all of the 2027 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes
redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium is the
greater of (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any, over the
principal amount of the 2027 Notes of the present value, on the redemption date of the sum of (i) the November 15,
2022 optional redemption price plus (ii) all required interest payments on the 2027 Notes through November 15, 2022
(other than accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), generally computed using a discount rate equal to
the yield to maturity of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity for the period most nearly equal to the period
from the redemption date to November 15, 2022 (unless the period is less than one year, in which case the weekly
average yield on traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used), plus 50
basis points.

In addition, at any time prior to November 15, 2020, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem up
to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Notes, using the proceeds of specified types of Company equity
offerings and subject to specified conditions, at a redemption price equal to 104.625% of the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

The indenture relating to the 2027 Notes contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain
exceptions, limit or restrict the Company’s ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to create liens; merge, consolidate,
sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or enter into sale leaseback transactions.

Securitization Program

The  Company  has  an  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  under  which  accounts  receivable  of  certain
domestic subsidiaries are sold on a non-recourse basis to a special purpose entity (“SPE”), which is a bankruptcy-
remote, consolidated subsidiary of Teleflex. Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to satisfy the obligations
of  Teleflex  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  SPE  sells  undivided  interests  in  those  receivables  to  an  asset  backed

F-26

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

commercial paper conduit for consideration of up to $50.0 million.  This facility is utilized from time to time to provide
increased  flexibility  in  funding  short  term  working  capital  requirements.  The  agreement  governing  the  accounts
receivable securitization facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of an event of default
or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of its counterparty to terminate this facility. As of
December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with the covenants, and none of the termination events had
occurred.  As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $50.0 million (the maximum amount available) of
outstanding borrowings under its accounts receivable securitization facility.

Fair Value of Long-Term Debt

To determine the fair value of its debt for which quoted prices are not available, the Company uses a discounted
cash flow technique that incorporates a market interest yield curve with adjustments for duration, optionality and risk
profile. The Company’s implied credit rating is a factor in determining the market interest yield curve. The following
table provides the fair value of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, categorized by the level of
inputs within the fair value hierarchy used to measure fair value (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements
for further information):

Level 2

Total

Debt Maturities

Fair value of debt

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

(Dollars in thousands)

2,145,473
2,145,473 $

2,299,942

2,299,942

$

As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate amounts of long-term debt, demand loans and debt under the Company’s

securitization program that will mature during each of the next four years and thereafter were as follows:

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023 and thereafter

 Note 10 — Financial instruments 

Foreign currency forward contracts 

(Dollars in thousands)
86,625
$
51,562

70,313

818,000

1,150,000

The Company uses derivative instruments for risk management purposes. Foreign currency forward contracts
designated as cash flows hedges are used to manage foreign currency transaction exposure.  Foreign currency forward
contracts not designated as hedges for accounting purposes are used to manage exposure related to near term foreign
currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities.  The Company enters into the non-designated foreign currency
forward  contracts  for  periods  consistent  with  its  currency  translation  exposures,  which  generally  approximate  one
month.  For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized losses related to non-designated
foreign currency forward contracts of $1.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

The total notional amount for all open foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $115.3 million and $88.5 million, respectively. The total notional amount for all open
non-designated foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $125.9 million and $110.6
million, respectively. All open foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2018 have durations of twelve
months or less. 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

On  October  4,  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  cross-currency  swap  agreements  with  six  different  financial
institution counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the
terms of the cross-currency swap agreements, the Company has notionally exchanged $500 million at an annual
interest rate of 4.625% for €433.9 million at an annual interest rate of 1.942%. The swap agreements are designated
as net investment hedges and expire on October 4, 2023. The cross-currency swaps are marked to market at each

F-27

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

reporting date and any changes in fair value are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) ("AOCI"). For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized foreign exchange gain of
$4.0 million in foreign currency translation adjustments within AOCI related to the cross-currency swaps.

Balance sheet presentation

The  following  table  presents  the  locations  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  fair  value  of  derivative

instruments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Asset derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total asset derivatives

Liability derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Other current liabilities

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Other liabilities

Total liability derivatives

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Fair Value

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

1,216 $
106

14,728

16,050

16,050

524

264

788

7,793

7,793
8,581 $

914

307

—

1,221

1,221

1,373

53

1,426

—

—

1,426

See Note 12 for information on the location and amount of gains and losses attributable to derivatives that were

reclassified from AOCI to expense (income), net of tax.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, there was no ineffectiveness related to the Company’s

hedging derivatives.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are generally limited due to the Company’s
large number of customers located in many geographic areas. However, a portion of the Company’s trade accounts
receivable outside the United States include sales to government-owned or supported healthcare systems in several
countries which are subject to payment delays. Payment is dependent upon the creditworthiness of the healthcare
systems in those countries and the financial stability of the countries' economies.

Certain of the Company’s customers, particularly in Greece, Italy, Portugal and Spain, have extended or delayed
payments for products and services already provided, raising collectability concerns regarding the Company’s  accounts
receivable from these customers. As a result, the Company continues to closely monitor the allowance for doubtful
accounts with respect to these customers.  The following table provides information regarding the Company's allowance
for  doubtful  accounts,  the  aggregate  net  current  and  long-term  trade  accounts  receivable  related  to  customers  in
Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal and the percentage of the Company’s total net current and long-term trade accounts
receivable represented by these customers' trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)
Current and long-term trade accounts receivable in Greece, Italy, Spain

and Portugal (2)

Percentage of total net current and long-term trade accounts receivables

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

9,348

39,026

11.0%

$

$

10,255

49,054

14.6%

F-28

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(1) The current portion of the allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.4 million and $3.5 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively,
and was recognized in accounts receivable, net.

(2)  The long-term portion of trade accounts receivable, net from customers in Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal at December 31, 2018 and
2017 was $2.7 million and $3.3 million, respectively. In December 2018, the Company sold $12.7 million of receivables outstanding with
publicly funded hospitals in Italy and Portugal for $12.6 million.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, net revenues from customers in Greece, Italy, Spain

and Portugal were $142.7 million, $129.4 million and $125.3 million, respectively.

Note 11 — Fair value measurement 

Fair value is the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability, using assumptions
that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Under GAAP, there is a three-level hierarchy of the
inputs (i.e., assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability) used to measure fair value.
The categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the entire
fair value measurement. 

The levels of inputs within the hierarchy used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — inputs to the fair value measurement that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical

assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — inputs to the fair value measurement that include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active
markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted
prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by
observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 — inputs to the fair value measurement that are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The following tables provide information regarding the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair

value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

December 31, 2018

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Basis of fair value measurement

Investments in marketable securities

$

8,671 $

Derivative assets

Derivative liabilities

Contingent consideration liabilities

16,050

8,581

304,248

(Dollars in thousands)

8,671 $
—

—

—

— $

16,050

8,581

—

—

—

—

304,248

December 31, 2017

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Basis of fair value measurement

(Dollars in thousands)

Investments in marketable securities
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities
Contingent consideration liabilities

$

9,045 $
1,221
1,426
272,136

9,045 $
—
—
—

— $

1,221
1,426
—

—
—
—
272,136

There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities among Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 within the fair value

hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2017.

Valuation Techniques

The Company’s financial assets valued based upon Level 1 inputs are comprised of investments in marketable
securities  held  in  trust,  which  are  available  to  satisfy  benefit  obligations  under  Company  benefit  plans  and  other
arrangements. The investment assets of the trust are valued using quoted market prices.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities valued based upon Level 2 inputs are comprised of foreign currency
forward contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements. The Company uses foreign currency forward
contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements to manage foreign currency transaction exposure as well

F-29

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

as exposure to foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The Company measures the fair value
of the foreign currency forward and cross-currency swap agreements by calculating the amount required to enter into
offsetting  contracts  with  similar  remaining  maturities,  based  on  quoted  market  prices,  and  taking  into  account  the
creditworthiness of the counterparties. 

The Company’s financial liabilities valued based upon Level 3 inputs are comprised of contingent consideration
arrangements pertaining to the Company’s acquisitions.   See Note 9 for a discussion of the fair value of the Company’s
borrowings.

Contingent consideration

Contingent consideration liabilities, which primarily consist of revenue-based goals, are remeasured to fair value
each reporting period using assumptions including estimated revenues  (based on internal operational budgets and
long-range strategic plans), discount rates, probability of payment and projected payment dates. 

The contingent consideration fair value measurement is based on significant inputs not observable in the market
and therefore constitute Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. The Company determines the fair value of the
contingent consideration liabilities using a Monte Carlo simulation (which involves a simulation of future revenues
during the earn out-period using management's best estimates) or a probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis.
Increases in projected revenues, estimated cash flows and probabilities of payment may result in significantly higher
fair value measurements; decreases in these items may have the opposite effect.  Increases in the discount rates in
periods prior to payment may result in significantly lower fair value measurements and decreases in the discount rates
may have the opposite effect.

The table below provides additional information regarding the valuation technique and inputs used in determining

the fair value of contingent consideration.

Contingent Consideration
Liability

Milestone-based payment

Revenue-based

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

Projected year of payment

4.3% - 6.2%

2019 - 2023

Monte Carlo simulation

Revenue volatility

Risk free rate

16.1% - 25.0%

Cost of debt structure

Projected year of payment

2019 - 2022

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

Projected year of payment

10.0% - 10.5% 

2019 - 2029

The following table provides information regarding changes in the Company's contingent consideration liabilities

for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Beginning balance – January 1

Initial estimate upon acquisition

Payments

Revaluations

Translation adjustment

Ending balance – December 31

F-30

Contingent consideration

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)
272,136 $

7,102

54,696
(75,335)
52,977
(226)
304,248 $

261,733
(335)
3,575

61

272,136

$

$

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 12 — Shareholders' equity 

The authorized capital of the Company is comprised of 200 million common shares, $1 par value, and 500,000

preference shares. No preference shares have been outstanding during the last three years.

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner except that the weighted
average number of shares is increased to include dilutive securities. The following table provides a reconciliation of
basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Dilutive effect of share based awards

Dilutive effect of convertible notes and warrants

Diluted

2018

2017

2016

(Shares in thousands)

45,689

45,004

970

142

923

737

46,801

46,664

43,325

570

3,751

47,646

Weighted average shares that were antidilutive and therefore excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings
per share were approximately 0.6 million, 0.6 million and 3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017
and 2016, respectively.

In connection with the issuance by the Company in 2010 of $400 million principal amount of convertible notes
that matured in August 2017, and as a component of hedging arrangements between the Company and two institutional
counterparties, the Company issued warrants to the counterparties, entitling them to purchase Company common
stock. At December 31, 2018, all of the warrants either (a) were canceled as a result of warrant unwind agreements
between the Company and the counterparties or (b) were exercised by the counterparties. 

The following tables provides information relating to the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income

(loss), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Cash Flow
Hedges

Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Balance at December 31, 2016

$

(2,424) $

(Dollars in thousands)
(136,596) $ (299,697) $

(438,717)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income (loss)

Net current-year other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at December 31, 2017

Other comprehensive income (loss) before

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income

Net current-year other comprehensive (loss) income

Balance at December 31, 2018

2,775

(6,725)

173,074

169,124

(11)
2,764

340

4,513
(2,212)
(138,808)

—

173,074
(126,623)

4,502

173,626
(265,091)

2,574

1,605

(83,889)

(79,710)

(2,107)
467
807 $

$

5,823

7,428

—
(83,889)

(131,380) $ (210,512) $

3,716
(75,994)
(341,085)

F-31

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides information relating to the losses (gains) recognized in the statements of income
including the reclassifications of losses (gains) in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into expense/
(income), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Losses (gains) on designated foreign exchange forward contracts:

Cost of goods sold

Total before tax

Taxes expense (benefit)

Net of tax

Losses (gains) on cross-currency swaps (net investment hedge):

Interest expense

Total before tax

Tax expense

Net of tax

Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefits items:

Actuarial losses (1)

Prior-service credits (1)

Total before tax

Tax benefit

Net of tax

Impact on income from continuing operations, net of tax

December 31,
2018

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(2,270) $
(2,270)
163
(2,107) $

(3,277) $
(3,277)
754
(2,523) $

7,305 $
251

7,556
(1,733)
5,823 $
1,193 $

(95) $
(95)
84
(11) $

— $
—

—
— $

4,511

4,511
(1,010)
3,501

—

—

—

—

6,904 $
105

7,009
(2,496)
4,513 $
4,502 $

6,965

56

7,021
(2,509)
4,512

8,013

(1)

These accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income components are included in the computation of net benefit cost of pension and
other postretirement benefit plans (see Note 15 for additional information).

Note 13 — Stock compensation plans 

In May of 2014, the stockholders of the Company approved the Teleflex Incorporated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
(the "2014 Plan") which replaced the Company's 2008 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (the
"Prior Plans"), under which stock options and restricted stock awards previously were granted.  The 2014 Plan provides
for several different kinds of awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards and other stock-
based awards to directors, officers and key employees. Under the 2014 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue up
to 5.3 million shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in accordance with special share counting rules in the
2014 Plan that, among other things, (i) count shares underlying a stock option or stock appreciation right (each, an
"option award") as one share and each share underlying any other type of award (a "stock award") as 1.8 shares, (ii)
increases the shares the Company is authorized to issue by one or 1.8 shares for each share underlying an option
award or stock award, respectively, under the Prior Plans that have been canceled, expired, settled in cash or forfeited
after December 31, 2013 and (iii) decrease the number of shares the Company is authorized to issue by one share
and 1.8 shares for each share underlying an option award or stock award, respectively, granted under the Prior Plans
between January 1, 2014 and the May 2, 2014 adoption of the 2014 Plan by the Company's stockholders. Options
granted under the 2014 Plan have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on
the date of the grant. In 2018, the Company granted, under the 2014 Plan, non-qualified options to purchase 155,498
shares of common stock and granted restricted stock units relating to 62,221 shares of common stock under the 2014
Plan.  The Company also granted performance share units (“PSUs”), as described in the following paragraph.

On June 22, 2018, the Company granted PSUs to specified senior managers.  The PSUs are designed to provide
further  incentive  to  the  Company’s  senior  management  with  respect  to  achievement  of  the  Company’s  long  term
financial objectives. The PSU component of the equity incentive program is designed to provide shares of Teleflex
common stock to the holder based upon the Company’s achievement of certain financial performance criteria during
the designated performance period (2018-2020 with respect to the PSUs granted in 2018).  The number of shares to
be awarded under the PSUs granted in 2018 will be subject to modification based upon the Company’s total stockholder
return relative to a designated group of public companies.  Assuming target performance is achieved, a total of 8,915

F-32

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

shares of common stock would be issuable in respect of the PSUs granted in 2018, and a maximum of 22,290 shares
would be issuable in respect of such PSUs upon achievement of maximum performance levels.

The unrecognized compensation expense for awards granted in 2018 as of the grant date was $27.2 million, which
will be recognized over the vesting period of the awards. As of December 31, 2018, 3,578,241 shares were available
for future grants under the 2014 Plan.

Share-based compensation expense for 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $22.4 million, $19.4 million and $16.9 million,
respectively,  and  is  included  in  cost  of  goods  sold  or  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  based  on  the
employees'  functional  classification.  The  total  income  tax  benefit  recognized  for  share-based  compensation
arrangements for 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $20.7 million (inclusive of a $15.9 million net excess tax benefit), $12.8
million (inclusive of a $6.6 million net excess tax benefit) and $5.5 million, respectively. 

Option Awards

The fair value of options granted in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes

option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life of option

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

2018

2017

2016

2.67%
4.98 years
0.54%
22.65%

1.88%
4.94 years
0.71%
21.74%

1.30%
4.91 years
0.94%
21.64%

The following table summarizes the option activity during 2018:

Shares Subject to
Options

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life In Years

Outstanding, beginning of the year

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Outstanding, end of the year

Exercisable, end of the year

1,708,928 $
155,498
(383,198)
(9,779)
1,471,449
1,073,198 $

113.49

254.60

80.51

170.78

136.62

112.13

—

—

—

—

5.7

5.0

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(Dollars in thousands)
—

—

—

—

179,396

157,070

The weighted average grant date fair value for options granted during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $58.16, $39.70
and $27.42, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $69.4 million,
$15.7 million and $11.3 million, respectively. 

The Company recorded $9.1 million of expense related to options during 2018, which is included in cost of goods
sold  or  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  As  of  December 31,  2018,  the  unamortized  share-based
compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, net of expected forfeitures, was $9.1 million, which is expected
to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years. Authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s
common stock are issued upon exercises of options.

Stock Awards

The fair value of PSUs granted in 2018 was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model.  The

grant date fair value for these awards was $284.33. 

F-33

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The fair value for restricted stock units granted in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was estimated at the date of grant based
on the market price for the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the present
value of expected dividends over the vesting period. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend yield

2018

2017

2016

2.41%
0.53%

1.47%
0.71%

0.94%
0.93%

The following table summarizes the non-vested restricted stock unit activity during 2018:

Number of
Non-Vested
Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(In years)

(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding, beginning of the year

233,742

$

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Outstanding, end of the year

62,221
(83,396)
(10,755)
201,812

148.79

250.66

125.70

179.08

188.10

1.1

$

52,164

 The Company issued 62,221, 82,865 and 93,367 of non-vested restricted stock units in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively, the majority of which provide for vesting as to all underlying shares on the third anniversary of the grant
date. The weighted average grant-date fair value for non-vested restricted stock units granted during 2018, 2017 and
2016 was $250.66, $187.85 and $142.71, respectively. 

The Company recorded $13.3 million of expense related to stock awards  during 2018, which is included in cost
of goods sold or selling, general and administrative expenses. The unamortized share-based compensation cost related
to stock awards granted in 2018, net of estimated forfeitures, was $16.5 million, which is expected to be recognized
over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. The Company uses treasury stock to provide shares of common stock
in connection with vesting of the stock awards. 

Note 14 — Income taxes 

The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations:

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)

$

(1,525) $
1,432

133,621 $
5,213

29,353

35,444

(5,124)
(5,114)
4,174

$

23,196 $

(258,247)
1,459

212,158
129,648 $

2,344

5,230

28,842

(25,141)
(1,837)
(1,364)
8,074

U.S. tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted on December
22, 2017. The legislation significantly changed U.S. tax law by, among other things, permanently reducing corporate
income tax rates from a maximum of 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018;  implementing a territorial tax system,
by generally providing for, among other things, a dividends received deduction on the foreign source portion of dividends
received  from  a  foreign  corporation  if  specified  conditions  are  met;  and  imposing  a  one-time  repatriation  tax  on
undistributed post-1986 foreign subsidiary earnings and profits, which are deemed repatriated for purposes of the tax.

F-34

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

On  December  22,  2017,  the  SEC  staff  issued  Staff Accounting  Bulletin  No.  118  (“SAB  118”)  to  address  the
application of U.S. GAAP in situations where a company does not have the necessary information available, prepared,
or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of
the TCJA. SAB 118 states that in these circumstances, if the company can determine a reasonable estimate for the
income tax effects, the SEC staff would not object if the company includes in its financial statements the reasonable
estimate it has determined (and the SEC staff also expressed its belief that it would not be appropriate for a company
to exclude a reasonable estimate from its financial statements to the extent a reasonable estimate has been determined).

As a result of the TCJA, the Company reassessed and revalued its ending net deferred tax liabilities at December
31, 2017 and recognized a $46.1 million provisional tax benefit in the Company’s consolidated statement of income
for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company also recognized a $154.0 million provisional tax expense in the
Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2017, related to the deemed repatriated
earnings.  The Company expects to pay this tax over an eight-year period. 

In accordance with SAB118, during the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company adjusted the provisional
amounts for taxes on deemed repatriated earnings and the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result
of additional analysis, changes in interpretations and in the Company's assumptions, and the issuance of additional
regulatory  guidance.   As  prescribed  under  SAB  118,  these  adjustments  were  identified  and  recorded  as  discrete
adjustments in the period in which such changes were made.  During 2018, the Company recognized a net $2.3 million
discrete tax benefit for adjustments to the provisional tax impacts of the TCJA included in the consolidated financial
statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  These  adjustments  included  a  $0.2  million  reduction  in  the
provisional tax on deemed repatriated earnings and a $2.1 million tax benefit from changes in the revaluation of deferred
tax assets and liabilities. The Company completed the accounting for these impacts in the fourth quarter 2018.

While the TCJA provides for a territorial tax system, beginning in 2018, it includes two new U.S. tax base erosion
provisions,  the  global  intangible  low-taxed  income  (“GILTI”)  provisions  and  the  base-erosion  and  anti-abuse  tax
(“BEAT”) provisions. 

The GILTI provisions require the Company to include in its U.S. income tax return foreign subsidiary earnings in
excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. The Company was subject to incremental
U.S. tax of $10.7 million on GILTI income beginning in 2018. The Company elected to account for the GILTI tax in the
period in which it is incurred. 

The BEAT provisions in the TCJA eliminate the deduction of certain base-erosion payments made to related
foreign corporations and impose a minimum tax if greater than regular tax.  For the year ended December 31, 2018,
the Company was not impacted by the BEAT provisions.  The Company may be subject to the BEAT tax in future
years.

At December 31, 2018, the cumulative unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the United States that are
considered  non-permanently  reinvested  and  for  which  taxes  have  been  provided  approximated  $2.1  billion.  At
December 31, 2018, the cumulative unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the United States that are considered
permanently reinvested approximated $0.2 billion. Earnings considered permanently reinvested are expected to be
reinvested indefinitely and, as a result, no additional deferred tax liability has been recognized with regard to these
earnings. It is not practical to determine the deferred income tax liability on these earnings if, in the future, they are
remitted to the United States because the income tax liability to be incurred, if any, is dependent on circumstances
existing when remittance occurs.

The following table summarizes the United States and non-United States components of income from continuing

operations before taxes:

United States

Other

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)
37,528 $

37,201 $

182,427
219,628 $

247,383
284,911 $

$

$

(29,988)
275,713

245,725

F-35

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Reconciliations between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate are as follows:

Federal statutory rate

Tax effect of international items

Impacts of the TCJA

Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation

State taxes, net of federal benefit

Uncertain tax contingencies

Contingent consideration

Intellectual property impairment charge

Research and development tax credit

Other, net

2018

2017

2016

21.0%
(3.3)
(1.0)
(7.2)
(0.1)
(0.4)
5.3
(2.0)
(1.6)
(0.1)
10.6%

35.0%
(25.7)
37.9
(2.3)
0.1
(1.8)
0.4

—
(0.8)
2.7
45.5%

35.0%
(27.5)
—

—

0.9
(3.6)
(1.2)
—
(0.6)
0.3
3.3%

The effective income tax rate for 2018 was 10.6% compared to 45.5% for 2017. The effective income tax rate for
2018 was impacted by the reduction of the United States corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to 21%
as a result of the TCJA. Additionally, the effective tax rate for 2018 was affected by a net excess tax benefit related to
share-based  compensation  and  a  tax  cost  associated  with  a  non-deductible  contingent  consideration  expense
recognized in connection with an increase in the fair value of the NeoTract contingent consideration liability.

 The effective income tax rate for 2017 reflects a net tax expense of $107.9 million resulting from the enactment
of the TCJA.  The $107.9 million net tax expense reflects a tax expense of $154.0 million for the deemed repatriation
of undistributed foreign earnings partially offset by a $46.1 million tax benefit resulting from the reassessment and
revaluation of the net deferred tax liabilities.  Additionally, the effective tax rate for 2017 was affected by a net excess
tax  benefit  related  to  share-based  compensation  and  a  benefit  resulting  from  the  expiration  of  various  statutes  of
limitation.

The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to examinations by various taxing authorities. In conjunction
with these examinations and as a regular practice, the Company establishes and adjusts reserves with respect to its
uncertain tax positions to address developments related to those positions. The Company realized a net benefit of
approximately $0.8 million and $5.2 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively, as a result of reducing its reserves with
respect to uncertain tax positions, principally due to the expiration of a number of applicable statutes of limitations.
The Company realized a net benefit of approximately $8.8 million in 2016, as a result of reducing its reserves with
respect to uncertain tax positions, principally due to the conclusion of a tax audit in Germany and the expiration of
various statutes of limitations.

F-36

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at

December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Deferred tax assets:

Tax loss and credit carryforwards

$

234,940 $

210,055

2018
2017
(Dollars in thousands)

Pension

Reserves and accruals

Other

Less: valuation allowances

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles — stock acquisitions

Unremitted foreign earnings

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

19,972

68,767

3,267
(143,971)
182,975

24,315

541,445

218,769

4,221

28,147

62,378

3,619
(104,799)
199,400

22,299

553,245

223,494

228

788,750
(605,775) $

799,266
(599,866)

$

As a result of enactment of the TCJA, the Company reassessed and revalued its deferred tax positions,
resulting in a $46.1 million decrease in the net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2017. Subsequently, in
accordance with SAB 118, adjustments were made to the provisional amounts for the revaluation of deferred tax
assets and liabilities due to additional analysis. During 2018, the Company recognized a net $2.1 million tax benefit
as a result of changes in its revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities related to the TCJA. The accounting for
these changes was completed in the fourth quarter of 2018.

Under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company operates, deductions or credits that cannot be
fully utilized for tax purposes during the current year may be carried forward, subject to statutory limitations, to reduce
taxable income or taxes payable in a future tax year. At December 31, 2018, the tax effect of such carryforwards
approximated $234.9 million. Of this amount, $11.0 million has no expiration date, $3.7 million expires after 2018 but
before the end of 2023 and $220.2 million expires after 2023. A portion of these carryforwards consists of tax losses
and credits obtained by the Company as a result of acquisitions; the utilization of these carryforwards are subject to
an annual limitation imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits a company’s ability to deduct
prior net operating losses following a more than 50 percent change in ownership.  It is not expected that the Section 382
limitation will prevent the Company ultimately from utilizing the applicable loss carryforwards. The determination of
state net operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon the United States subsidiaries’ taxable income or loss, the
state’s proportion of each subsidiary's taxable net income and the application of state laws, which can change from
year to year and impact the amount of such carryforward.

The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  of  $144.0  million  and  $104.8  million  at  December 31,  2018
and 2017, respectively, relates principally to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize certain deferred tax
assets, primarily tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions. The valuation allowance was calculated in
accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards,  which  require  that  a  valuation  allowance  be  established  and
maintained when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-37

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Uncertain Tax Positions: The following table is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for liabilities

associated with unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Balance at January 1

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

Unrecognized tax benefits related to the current year

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to settlements

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable

statute of limitations

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits due to foreign

currency translation

Balance at December 31

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)
15,054 $
—

9,336 $
—

—

899

—

—

895

—

34,381

—
(13,083)
705
(2,121)

(1,955)

(6,813)

(4,840)

(174)
8,106 $

200
9,336 $

12

15,054

$

$

The total liabilities associated with the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective

tax rate for continuing operations, were $4.5 million at December 31, 2018.

The Company accrues interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense
in the consolidated statements of income, and the corresponding liability is included in the consolidated balance sheets.
The net interest expense (benefit) and penalties reflected in income from continuing operations for the year ended
December 31, 2018 was $0.2 million and $(0.3) million, respectively; for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.2
million and $(0.2) million, respectively; and for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $0.2 million and $(0.5) million,
respectively. The liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets for interest and penalties at December 31, 2018 were
$0.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, and at December 31, 2017 were $0.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

The taxable years for which the applicable statute of limitations remains open by major tax jurisdictions are as

follows:

United States

Canada

China

Czech Republic

France

Germany

India

Ireland

Italy

Malaysia

Singapore

Beginning

Ending

2015

2014

2013

2015

2016

2011

2002

2014

2014

2014

2014

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to income tax examinations by various taxing authorities. As
of December 31, 2018, the most significant tax examination in process is in Germany. The date at which this examination
may be concluded and the ultimate outcome of the examination are uncertain. As a result of the uncertain outcome
of this ongoing examination, future examinations or the expiration of statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible
that the related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken could materially change from those recorded as
liabilities at December 31, 2018. Due to the potential for resolution of certain examinations, and the expiration of various
statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits may change within the
next year by a range of zero to $1.6 million.

F-38

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 15 — Pension and other postretirement benefits 

The Company has a number of defined benefit pension and postretirement plans covering eligible U.S. and non-
U.S. employees. The defined benefit pension plans are noncontributory. The benefits under these plans are based
primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement. The Company’s funding policy for U.S. plans is to
contribute annually, at a minimum, amounts required by applicable laws and regulations. Obligations under non-U.S.
plans are systematically provided for by depositing funds with trustees or by book reserves.  As of December 31, 2018,
no further benefits are being accrued under the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans and the Company’s
other postretirement benefit plans, other than certain postretirement benefit plans covering employees subject to a
collective bargaining agreement.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to pensioners or

their survivors. The associated plans are unfunded and approved claims are paid from Company funds.

The following table provides information regarding the components of the net benefit expense (income) of the

Company's pension and postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Net amortization and deferral

Curtailments

Settlements

2018

Pension

2017

Other Benefits

2016

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)

$

1,500 $

2,887 $

2,615 $

50 $

279 $

14,816
(29,666)
6,777

15,137
(26,809)
6,734

15,711
(24,786)
6,567

—
486

—
—

—
—

1,389

1,577

—

136

677
—

—

275

—
—

355

1,595

—

454

—
—

Net benefit expense (income)

$ (6,087) $ (2,051) $

107 $

2,252 $

2,131 $

2,404

Net  benefit  expense  (income)  is  primarily  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  within  the

consolidated statements of income. 

The  following  table  provides  the  weighted  average  assumptions  for  United  States  and  foreign  plans  used  in

determining net benefit cost:

Discount rate

Rate of return

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

2018

3.6%
7.8%

Pension

2017

2016

2018

2017

2016

Other Benefits

4.2%
8.1%

4.5%
8.1%

3.6%

4.1%

4.3%

7.8%
5.0%

7.9%
5.0%

8.4%
5.0%

F-39

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides summarized information with respect to the Company’s pension and postretirement

benefit plans, measured as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Pension

Other Benefits

2018

2017

2018

2017

Under Funded

Under Funded

(Dollars in thousands)

$

462,158 $
1,500

430,574 $
2,887

48,903 $
50

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial (gain) loss

Currency translation

Benefits paid

Medicare Part D reimbursement

Plan amendments

Curtailments

Settlements

Administrative costs

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Contributions

Benefits paid

Settlements

Administrative costs

Currency translation

47,487

279

1,577

2,278

—
(3,095)
80

297

—

—

—

1,389
(6,058)
—
(2,790)
101

—

520

—

—

42,115

48,903

15,137

31,074

3,916
(19,144)
—

—

—

—
(2,286)
462,158

340,265

53,065

12,670
(19,144)
—
(2,286)
1,737

14,816
(38,446)
(1,780)
(19,314)
—

157
(162)
(1,420)
(1,039)
416,470

386,307
(13,275)
12,687
(19,314)
(1,420)
(1,039)
(1,139)
362,807
(53,663) $

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

Funded status, end of year

$

386,307
(75,851) $

(42,115) $

(48,903)

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  amounts  recognized  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  with  respect  to  the

Company's pension and postretirement plans:

Other assets

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities

Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Pension

Other Benefits

2018

2017

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

2,837 $
(1,729)
(54,771)
205,910
152,247 $

1,596 $
(1,767)
(75,680)
209,365
133,514 $

— $

(3,972)
(38,143)
364
(41,751) $

—
(3,173)
(45,730)
6,715
(42,188)

F-40

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables set forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss with respect to

the plans:

Balance at December 31, 2016

$

79 $ 209,706 $ (76,140) $

133,645

Pension

Prior Service
Cost 

Net (Gain)
or Loss

Deferred
Taxes

(Dollars in thousands)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss,
Net of Tax

Reclassification adjustments related to components of
Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the
period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Impact of currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2017

Reclassification adjustments related to components of
Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the
period:

Net amortization and deferral

         Settlements

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Curtailments

Plan amendments

Impact of currency translation

(28)

(6,706)

2,395

(4,339)

—

—

51

4,818

1,496

209,314

(1,119)
(413)
(75,277)

3,699

1,083

134,088

(17)
—

—

—

157

—

(6,760)
(486)

1,579

83

4,495
(162)
—
(682)

(1,012)
42
(27)
183

(5,198)
(403)

3,483
(120)
130
(499)
131,481

Balance at December 31, 2018

$

191 $ 205,719 $ (74,429) $

Balance at December 31, 2016

$

85 $

4,330 $ (1,464) $

2,951

Other Benefits

Prior Service
Cost 

Net (Gain) or
Loss

Deferred
Taxes

(Dollars in thousands)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss,
Net of Tax

Reclassification adjustments related to components of
Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the
period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Plan amendments

Balance at December 31, 2017

Reclassification adjustments related to components of

Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

        Curtailments

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Balance at December 31, 2018

$

F-41

(77)

(198)

101

(174)

—

297

305

(77)
(157)

2,278

—

6,410

(558)
(74)
(1,995)

(59)
—

32

39

1,720

223

4,720

(104)
(118)

—
71 $

(6,058)

1,459

293 $

(465) $

(4,599)
(101)

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  following  table  provides  the  weighted  average  assumptions  for  United  States  and  foreign  plans  used  in

determining benefit obligations:

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increase

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

Pension

Other Benefits

2018

2017

2018

2017

4.3%
2.6%

3.6%
2.6%

4.2%

7.4%
5.0%

3.6%

7.8%
5.0%

The discount rate represents the interest rate used to determine the present value of future cash flows currently
expected to be required to settle the Company’s pension and other benefit obligations. The weighted average discount
rates for United States pension plans and other benefit plans of 4.43% and 4.22%, respectively, were established by
comparing the projection of expected benefit payments to the AA Above Median yield curve as of December 31, 2018.
The expected benefit payments are discounted by each corresponding discount rate on the yield curve. For payments
beyond 30 years, the Company extends the curve assuming that the discount rate derived in year 30 is extended to
the end of the plan’s payment expectations. Once the present value of the string of benefit payments is established,
the Company determines the single rate on the yield curve that, when applied to all obligations of the plan, will exactly
match the previously determined present value.

As part of the evaluation of pension and other postretirement assumptions, the Company applied assumptions
for  mortality  and  healthcare  cost  trends  that  incorporate  generational  white  and  blue  collar  mortality  trends.  In
determining its benefit obligations, the Company used generational tables that take into consideration increases in
plan participant longevity.

The Company’s assumption for the expected return on plan assets is primarily based on the determination of an
expected return for its current portfolio. This determination is made using assumptions for return and volatility of the
portfolio. Asset class assumptions are set using a combination of empirical and forward-looking analysis. To the extent
historical results have been affected by unsustainable trends or events, the effects of those trends are quantified and
removed. The  Company  applies  a  variety  of  models  for  filtering  historical  data  and  isolating  the  fundamental
characteristics of asset classes. These models provide empirical return estimates for each asset class, which are then
reviewed and combined with a qualitative assessment of long term relationships between asset classes before a return
estimate is finalized. The qualitative analysis is intended to provide an additional means for addressing the effect of
unrealistic  or  unsustainable  short-term  valuations  or  trends,  resulting  in  return  levels  and  behavior  the  Company
believes are more likely to prevail over long periods. Effective in 2018, the Company changed the expected return on
plan assets of the United States pension plans from 8.25% to 8.0% due to modifications to the investment strategy in
order to gradually reduce portfolio risk. 

An increase in the assumed healthcare trend rate of 1% would increase the benefit obligation at December 31,
2018 by $2.4 million and would increase the 2018 benefit expense by $0.1 million. Decreasing this assumed rate by
1% would decrease the benefit obligation at December 31, 2018 by $2.2 million and would decrease the 2018 benefit
expense by $0.1 million.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all United States and foreign defined benefit pension plans was $415.9
million and $461.6 million for 2018 and 2017, respectively. All of the Company's pension plans had accumulated benefit
obligations in excess of their respective plan assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, with the exception of one
foreign plan that had plan assets of $2.8 million and $1.6 million in excess of the accumulated benefit obligation as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company’s investment objective is to achieve an enhanced long-term rate of return on plan assets, subject
to  a  prudent  level  of  portfolio  risk,  for  the  purpose  of  enhancing  the  availability  of  benefits  for  participants. These
investments are primarily comprised of equity and fixed income mutual funds. The Company’s other investments are
largely comprised of a hedge fund of funds and a structured credit fund. The equity funds are diversified in terms of
domestic and international equity securities, as well as small, middle and large capitalization stocks. The Company’s
target allocation percentage is as follows: equity securities (40%); fixed-income securities (50%) and other securities
(10%). Equity funds are held for their expected return over inflation. Fixed-income funds are held for diversification
relative to equities and as a partial hedge of interest rate risk with respect to plan liabilities. The other investments are

F-42

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

held to further diversify assets within the plans and are designed to provide a mix of equity and bond like return with
a bond like risk profile. The plans may also hold cash to meet liquidity requirements. Actual performance may not be
consistent with the respective investment strategies. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on an
ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and investment portfolio reviews to determine whether the asset
allocation targets continue to represent an appropriate balance of expected risk and reward.

The following table provides the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2018 by asset

category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Equity securities:

Managed volatility (b)

United States small/mid-cap equity (c)

World Equity (excluding United States) (d)

Common Equity Securities – Teleflex Incorporated

Fixed income securities:

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate bond fund (g)

Global credit fund (h)

Emerging markets debt fund (i)

Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Asset backed – home loans

Other types of investments:

Multi asset funds  (j)

Contract with insurance company (k)

Other

Total investments at fair value

Investments measured at net asset value (l)

Total

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

(Dollars in thousands)
627

7

71,306

15,379

24,589

30,216

26,958

90,661

12,162

647

7,923

30,418

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $

367

3,676

3,229

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

314,569 $

— $
—
3,596 $

10,092

5

10,097

$

627 $
7

71,306

15,379

24,589

30,216

26,958

90,661

12,162

647

7,923

30,418

367

6,905

10,092

5

$ 328,262 $
34,545
$ 362,807

F-43

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2017 by asset

category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Equity securities:

Managed volatility (b)

United States small/mid-cap equity (c)

World Equity (excluding United States) (d)

Common Equity Securities – Teleflex Incorporated

Diversified Global

Fixed income securities:

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate bond fund (g)

Emerging markets debt fund (i)

Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Asset backed – home loans

Other types of investments:

Multi asset funds  (j)

Other

Total investments at fair value

Investments measured at Net asset value (l)

Total

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

$

1,324 $
51

79,964

19,239

32,294

29,087

6,353

23,378

94,623

12,420

9,184

2,024

454

11,114

5

$ 321,514 $
64,793
$ 386,307

1,324

51

79,964

19,239

32,294

29,087

6,353

23,378

94,623

12,420

9,184

2,024

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $

454

6,187

—

316,128 $

4,927

— $
5,381 $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5

5

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Information on asset categories described in notes (b)-(k) is derived from prospectuses and other material
provided by the respective funds comprising the respective asset categories.
This  category  comprises  mutual  funds  that  invest  in  securities  of  United  States  and  non-United  States
companies of all capitalization ranges that exhibit relatively low volatility.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small
and mid-sized companies. The fund invests in common stocks or exchange traded funds holding common
stock of United States companies with market capitalizations in the range of companies in the Russell 2500
Index.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign
companies. These securities may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, exchange traded funds
based on an international equity index, derivative instruments whose value is based on an international equity
index and derivative instruments whose value is based on an underlying equity security or a basket of equity
securities. The fund invests in securities of foreign issuers located in developed and emerging market countries.
However, the fund will not invest more than 35% of its assets in the common stocks or other equity securities
of issuers located in emerging market countries.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics
similar to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including
United States and foreign corporate obligations, fixed income securities issued by sovereigns or agencies in
both developed and emerging foreign markets, debt obligations issued by governments or other municipalities,
and securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government and its agencies. The fund will seek to
maintain an effective average duration between three and ten years, and uses derivative instruments, including
interest rate swap agreements and credit default swaps, for the purpose of managing the overall duration and
yield curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.

F-44

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)
(k)

(l)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics
similar to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by  the  United  States  Government  and  its  agencies  and  instrumentalities,
corporate  bonds,  asset-backed  securities,  exchange  traded  funds,  mortgage-backed  securities  and
collateralized mortgage-backed securities. The fund invests primarily in long duration government and corporate
fixed income securities, and uses derivative instruments, including interest rate swap agreements and Treasury
futures contracts, for the purpose of managing the overall duration and yield curve exposure of the Fund’s
portfolio of fixed income securities.
This  category  comprises  funds  that  invest  primarily  in  higher-yielding  fixed  income  securities,  including
corporate bonds and debentures, convertible and preferred securities and zero coupon obligations.
This category comprises a fund that invests primarily in a range of debt securities, including those issued by
governments, institutions, or companies from a number of countries.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities of
emerging  market  issuers,  primarily  in  United  States  dollar-denominated  debt  of  foreign  governments,
government-related and corporate issuers in emerging market countries and entities organized to restructure
the debt of those issuers.
This category comprises funds that may invest in equities, bonds, or derivatives.
This category comprises the asset established out of an agreement to purchase a bulk-annuity policy from an
insurer to fully cover the liabilities for members of the pension plan. The asset value is based on the fair value
of the contract as determined by the insurance company using inputs that are not observable.
This category comprises pooled institutional investments, primarily collective investment trusts. These funds
are not listed on an exchange or traded in an active market and these investments are valued using their net
asset value, which is generally based on the underlying asset values of the pooled investments held in the
trusts. This category comprises the following funds:

•

•
•

a fund that invests primarily in collateralized debt obligations and other structured credit vehicles
and may include fixed income securities, loan participations, credit-linked notes, medium-term
notes, pooled investment vehicles and derivative instruments. 
a hedge fund that invests in various other hedge funds. 
funds that invest in underlying funds that acquire, manage, and dispose of real estate properties,
with a focus on properties in the U.S. and the UK markets.

The  Company’s  contributions  to  United  States  and  foreign  pension  plans  during  2019  are  expected  to  be
approximately  $12.7  million.  Contributions  to  postretirement  healthcare  plans  during  2019  are  expected  to  be
approximately $4.0 million.

The following table provides information about the Company’s expected benefit payments under its U.S. and
foreign plans for each of the five succeeding years and the aggregate of the five years thereafter, net of the annual
average Medicare Part D subsidy of approximately $0.2 million:

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Years 2024 — 2028

Pension

Other Benefits

(Dollars in thousands)

$

20,852 $
21,023

21,795

22,658

23,161

3,972

4,024

3,893

4,015

3,795

124,927

15,241

The amounts in AOCI expected to be recognized into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year for the

Company's pension and postretirement benefit plans are $6.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The Company maintains a number of defined contribution savings plans covering eligible United States and non-
United States employees. The Company partially matches employee contributions. Costs related to these plans were
$15.6 million, $12.5 million and $12.0 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-45

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 16 — Commitments and contingent liabilities 

Operating leases: The Company uses various leased facilities and equipment in its operations. The lease terms
for these leased assets vary depending on the terms of the applicable lease agreement. At December 31, 2018, the
Company had no residual value guarantees related to its operating leases.

Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2018 under noncancellable operating leases are as follows:

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024 and thereafter

$

Future Lease Payments

(Dollars in thousands)

25,294

23,216

21,419

19,460

17,403

41,368

Rental expense under operating leases was $38.1 million, $36.2 million and $34.0 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016,

respectively.

Environmental:  The Company is subject to contingencies as a result of environmental laws and regulations that
in the future may require the Company to take further action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal
practices or releases of chemical or petroleum substances by the Company or other parties. Much of this liability results
from the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, often referred to as Superfund,
the U. S. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and similar state laws. These laws require the Company to undertake
certain investigative and remedial activities at sites where the Company conducts or once conducted operations or at
sites where Company-generated waste was disposed.

Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site. The nature of these activities, and
their  associated  costs,  depend  on  the  mix  of  unique  site  characteristics,  evolving  remediation  technologies,  the
regulatory agencies involved and their enforcement policies, as well as the presence or absence of other potentially
responsible  parties.  At  December 31,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  has  recorded  $0.8  million  and  $1.0  million,
respectively, in accrued liabilities and $5.6 million and $5.8 million, respectively in other liabilities relating to these
matters. Considerable uncertainty exists with respect to these liabilities, and if adverse changes in circumstances
occur, potential liability may exceed the amount accrued as of December 31, 2018. The time frame over which the
accrued amounts may be paid out, based on past history, is estimated to be 10-15 years.

Litigation:  The Company is a party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These
lawsuits and claims include actions involving product liability, intellectual property, employment, environmental and
other matters. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has recorded accrued liabilities of $0.6 million and
$3.8 million, respectively, in connection with such contingencies, representing its best estimate of the cost within the
range of estimated possible losses that will be incurred to resolve these matters. 

Based  on  information  currently  available,  advice  of  counsel,  established  reserves  and  other  resources,  the
Company does not believe that the outcome of any outstanding litigation and claims is likely to be, individually or in
the aggregate, material to its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, in the event of
unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters,
if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or
liquidity. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to selling, general and administrative
expenses in the period incurred.

Tax  audits  and  examinations: The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  routinely  subject  to  tax  examinations  by
various tax authorities. As of December 31, 2018, the most significant tax examination in process is in Germany. The
Company may establish reserves with respect to uncertain tax positions, after which it adjusts the reserves to address
developments with respect to its uncertain tax positions, including developments in this tax examination.  Accordingly,
developments in tax audits and examinations, including resolution of uncertain tax positions, could result in increases
or decreases to the Company’s recorded tax liabilities, which could impact the Company’s financial results.

F-46

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Other: The  Company  has  various  purchase  commitments  for  materials,  supplies  and  items  of  permanent
investment incident to the ordinary conduct of business. On average, such commitments are not at prices in excess
of current market prices.

Note 17 — Business segments and other information 

An operating segment is a component of the Company (a) that engages in business activities from which it may
earn revenues and incur expenses, (b) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating
decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance, and
(c) for which discrete financial information is available. The Company does not evaluate its operating segments using
discrete asset information.

The  Company  has  seven  reportable  segments:  Vascular  North  America,  Interventional  North  America,
Anesthesia  North America,  Surgical  North America,  Europe,  Middle  East  and Africa  ("EMEA"), Asia  and  Original
Equipment  and  Development  Services  ("OEM").  In  connection  with  the  presentation  of  segment  information,  the
Company presents certain operating segments, including the Interventional Urology North America, Respiratory North
America and Latin America operating segments, in the “all other” category because separate information with regard
to each of these operating segments is not material. 

The Company’s reportable segments, other than the OEM segment, design, manufacture and distribute medical
devices primarily used in critical care and surgical applications and generally serve two end markets: hospitals and
healthcare providers, and home health. The products of these segments are most widely used in the acute care setting
for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications. The Company’s
OEM segment designs, manufactures and supplies devices and instruments for other medical device manufacturers.

The following tables present the Company’s segment results for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and

2016:

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

(Dollars in thousands)
313,618 $
220,611

329,473 $
261,645

205,064

166,267

603,813

286,895

205,976

197,982

175,216

552,722

269,208

182,967

295,206

82,431

198,772

172,223

510,934

249,416

160,990

389,250

198,055
$ 2,448,383 $ 2,146,303 $ 1,868,027

233,979

Vascular North America

Interventional North America

Anesthesia North America

Surgical North America

EMEA

Asia

OEM

All other

Net revenues

F-47

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Vascular North America

Interventional North America

Anesthesia North America

Surgical North America

EMEA

Asia

OEM

All other

Total segment operating profit (1)

Unallocated expenses (2)

$

(Dollars in thousands)
77,036 $
25,972

98,505 $
62,242

62,901

63,931

92,430

75,637

41,578

11,142

61,159

62,934

106,090

78,135

50,294

(29,042)
490,317
(168,613)

77,122

13,264

55,544

56,608

84,392

75,770

33,641

26,486

450,627
(78,348)

422,827
(103,374)

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on

extinguishment of debt and taxes

$

321,704 $

372,279 $

319,453

(1) Segment operating profit includes segment net revenues from external customers reduced by its standard cost of goods sold, adjusted
for fixed manufacturing cost absorption variances, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses
and an allocation of corporate expenses.  Corporate expenses are allocated among the segments in proportion to the respective amounts
of one of several items (such as sales, numbers of employees, and amount of time spent), depending on the category of expense involved.

(2) Unallocated expenses primarily include manufacturing variances, with the exception of fixed manufacturing cost absorption variances,

restructuring and impairment charges and gain on sale of assets.

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Vascular North America

Interventional North America

Anesthesia North America

Surgical North America

EMEA

Asia

OEM
All other

$

(Dollars in thousands)
31,058 $
29,108

27,535 $
34,127

10,162

8,321

47,171

12,917

8,610
65,871

8,573

8,694

34,322

11,868

8,337
28,378

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$

214,714 $

160,338 $

35,117

6,993

10,932

10,459

30,505

11,275

8,404
14,661
128,346

During the first quarter 2019, the Company changed its segment presentation as a result of a change in the manner
in which the chief operating decision maker (the Chief Executive Officer) reviews financial information for purposes of
assessing business performance and allocating resources.  The Company now has four segments: Americas, EMEA,
Asia and OEM.  See Note 20 for additional information.

F-48

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Geographic data

The following tables provide total net revenues and total net property, plant and equipment by geographic region

for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Net revenues (based on the Company's selling location):

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)

United States

Europe

Asia and Asia Pacific

All other

Net property, plant and equipment:

United States

Malaysia

Ireland

Czech Republic

All other

$ 1,449,426 $ 1,254,825 $ 1,018,786
567,320

591,370

671,264

234,090

220,110

208,841

93,603

73,080
$ 2,448,383 $ 2,146,303 $ 1,868,027

79,998

$

258,415 $

216,568 $

167,167

51,952

41,223

34,833

46,343

43,730

43,867

35,715

43,119

31,415

36,569

30,843

36,905

$

432,766 $

382,999 $

302,899

Note 18 — Condensed consolidating guarantor financial information 

The 2024 Notes, 2026 Notes and 2027 Notes (collectively, the "Senior Notes") are issued by Teleflex Incorporated
(the “Parent Company”), and payment of the Parent Company's obligations under the Senior Notes are guaranteed,
jointly and severally, by certain of the Parent Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor Subsidiary” and collectively,
the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The 2024 Notes, 2026 Notes and 2027 Notes are guaranteed by the same Guarantor
Subsidiaries.  The  guarantees  are  full  and  unconditional,  subject  to  certain  customary  release  provisions.  Each
Guarantor  Subsidiary  is  directly  or  indirectly  100%  owned  by  the  Parent  Company.  The  Company’s  condensed
consolidating statements of income and comprehensive income and condensed consolidating statements of cash
flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and condensed consolidating balance sheets as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 provide consolidated information for:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Parent Company, the issuer of the guaranteed obligations;

Guarantor Subsidiaries, on a combined basis;

Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (i.e., those subsidiaries of the Parent Company that have not guaranteed
payment of the Senior Notes), on a combined basis; and

Parent Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

The same accounting policies as described in Note 1 are used by the Parent Company and each of its subsidiaries
in  connection  with  the  condensed  consolidating  financial  information,  except  for  the  use  of  the  equity  method  of
accounting to reflect ownership interests in subsidiaries, which are eliminated upon consolidation.

Consolidating entries and eliminations in the following condensed consolidated financial statements represent
adjustments  to  (a) eliminate  intercompany  transactions  between  or  among  the  Parent  Company,  the  Guarantor
Subsidiaries  and  the  Non-Guarantor  Subsidiaries,  (b) eliminate  the  investments  in  subsidiaries  and  (c) record
consolidating entries.

In 2018, a Guarantor Subsidiary merged with and into Parent; the transaction is reflected as of the beginning of

the earliest period presented in the condensed consolidating financial statements.

F-49

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net revenues

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring and impairment charges

Gain on sale of assets

(Loss) income from continuing operations before 
  interest and taxes

Interest, net

(Loss) income from continuing operations before

taxes

(Benefit) taxes on (loss) income from continuing

operations

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

Income from continuing operations

Operating income from discontinued operations

Tax on income from discontinued operations

Income from discontinued operations

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Comprehensive income

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

— $ 1,584,650 $ 1,287,944 $ (424,211) $ 2,448,383

—

—

50,866

1,482

—

—

886,161

698,489

514,598

73,067

20,639

(1,388)

(52,348)

95,173

91,573

4,796

596,985

690,959

313,895

31,659

58,591

—

286,814

2,107

(419,205)

1,063,941

(5,006)

1,384,442

(671)

—

—

—

878,688

106,208

79,230

(1,388)

(4,335)

—

321,704

102,076

(147,521)

86,777

284,707

(4,335)

219,628

(235)

23,196

(53,401)

291,572

197,452

4,363

1,013

3,350

34,591

220,718

272,904

—

—

—

42,241

637

243,103

1,280

260

1,020

(512,927)

(517,027)

—

—

—

200,802

(75,994)

272,904

(80,030)

244,123

(517,027)

(80,512)

160,542

—

196,432

5,643

1,273

4,370

200,802

(75,994)

$ 124,808 $

192,874 $

163,611 $ (356,485) $

124,808

F-50

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Net revenues

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring charges

(Loss) income from continuing operations before 
  interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes

Interest, net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

(Loss) income from continuing operations before

taxes

(Benefit) taxes on (loss) income from continuing

operations

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

Income from continuing operations

Operating loss from discontinued operations

Benefit on loss from discontinued operations

   Loss from discontinued operations

   Net income

Other comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

— $ 1,368,149 $ 1,177,247 $ (399,093) $ 2,146,303

—

—

47,412

1,009

—

778,153

589,996

408,811

57,614

8,971

594,527

582,720

243,544

26,147

5,819

(398,179)

974,501

(914)

196

—

—

1,171,802

699,963

84,770

14,790

(48,421)

114,600

307,210

(1,110)

372,279

99,371

5,593

(21,153)

—

3,557

—

—

—

81,775

5,593

(153,385)

135,753

303,653

(1,110)

284,911

(110,921)

(20,333)

261,386

(484)

129,648

197,727

155,263

(4,534)

(1,801)

(2,733)

152,530

173,626

25,500

181,586

(3,135)

(220,092)

—

39,132

(220,718)

155,263

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

181,586

158,490

39,132

198,453

(220,718)

(356,943)

(4,534)

(1,801)

(2,733)

152,530

173,626

$ 326,156 $

340,076 $

237,585 $ (577,661) $

326,156

F-51

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Net revenues

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring and impairment charges

Gain on sale of assets

(Loss) income from continuing operations before
interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes

Interest, net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

(Loss) income from continuing operations before

taxes

(Benefit) taxes on (loss) income from continuing

operations

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

Income from continuing operations

Operating (loss) income from discontinued operations

Tax benefit on (loss) income from discontinued

operations

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

— $ 1,112,464 $ 1,124,958 $ (369,395) $ 1,868,027

—

—

43,602

547

173

652,442

460,022

328,263

33,080

50,183

(2,707)

(155)

588,110

536,848

191,916

24,952

8,871

(1,505)

(368,725)

(670)

(473)

—

—

—

871,827

996,200

563,308

58,579

59,227

(4,367)

(41,615)

61,374

19,261

48,651

(11,009)

—

312,614

(197)

319,453

4,102

—

—

—

54,467

19,261

(122,250)

59,660

308,512

(197)

245,725

(44,674)

315,396

237,820

(1,300)

(857)

(443)

12,954

243,987

290,693

—

—

—

39,875

528

269,165

378

(255)

633

(81)

(559,911)

(560,027)

—

—

—

8,074

—

237,651

(922)

(1,112)

190

Net income

237,377

290,693

269,798

(560,027)

237,841

Less: Income from continuing operations attributable

to noncontrolling interests

—

—

464

—

464

Net income attributable to common shareholders

237,377

290,693

269,334

(560,027)

237,377

Other comprehensive loss attributable to common

shareholders

Comprehensive income attributable to common

shareholders

(66,761)

(76,098)

(80,700)

156,798

(66,761)

$ 170,616 $

214,595 $

188,634 $ (403,229) $

170,616

F-52

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

December 31, 2018

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net

$

49,523 $

1,757 $

5,885

54,013

305,881 $
301,054

— $

5,334

357,161
366,286

Accounts receivable from consolidated

subsidiaries
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid taxes

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles assets, net
Investments in affiliates
Deferred tax assets

Notes receivable and other amounts due from

consolidated subsidiaries

Other assets

Total assets
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current borrowings
Accounts payable
Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries
Accrued expenses
Current portion of contingent consideration
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Accrued interest
Income taxes payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions

Notes payable and other amounts due to

consolidated subsidiaries

Noncurrent contingent consideration
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total shareholders' equity

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

32,036
—
30,458
7,029
124,931
3,385
—
90
5,984,566
—

1,043,573
266,073
9,673
—
1,375,089
253,037
1,254,848
1,277,462
1,672,908
—

350,162
192,659
28,237
5,434
1,183,427
176,344
991,731
1,047,500
20,257
4,822

(1,425,771)
(30,954)
4,113
—
(1,447,278)
—
—
—
(7,677,731)
(2,376)

—
427,778
72,481
12,463
1,236,169
432,766
2,246,579
2,325,052
—
2,446

2,337,737
17,180

—
34,979
$ 8,467,889 $ 8,362,276 $ 3,449,346 $(14,001,520) $ 6,277,991

(4,874,135)
—

2,523,156
5,776

13,242
12,023

$

36,625 $

— $

3,448
1,058,008
5,659
—
17,156
5,995
—
843
1,127,734
2,072,200
87,671
49,290
801

62,764
278,715
41,883
106,514
44,982
—
—
34,916
569,774
—
257,522
27,454
7,212

50,000 $
40,497
89,048
50,009
30,363
42,532
36
5,943
2,291
310,719
—
265,404
16,170
2,705

— $
—
(1,425,771)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,425,771)
—
(2,376)
—
—

86,625
106,709
—
97,551
136,877
104,670
6,031
5,943
38,050
582,456
2,072,200
608,221
92,914
10,718

2,451,784
—
138,431
5,927,911
2,539,978

—
167,370
204,134
3,738,013
2,539,978
$ 8,467,889 $ 8,362,276 $ 3,449,346 $(14,001,520) $ 6,277,991

199,771
35,807
57,499
888,075
2,561,271

2,222,580
131,563
8,204
3,224,309
5,137,967

(4,874,135)
—

(6,302,282)
(7,699,238)

F-53

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable from consolidated

subsidiaries
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid taxes

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles assets, net
Investments in affiliates
Deferred tax assets
Notes receivable and other amounts due from

consolidated subsidiaries

Other assets

Total assets
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current borrowings
Accounts payable
Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries
Accrued expenses
Current portion of contingent consideration
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Accrued interest
Income taxes payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
Notes payable and other amounts due to

consolidated subsidiaries

Noncurrent contingent consideration
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total shareholders' equity

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

December 31, 2017

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

37,803 $

8,933 $

2,414

57,818

286,822 $
280,980

— $

4,663

333,558
345,875

14,478
—
14,874
—
69,569
2,088
—
—
5,806,244
—

1,177,246
245,533
9,236
—
1,498,766
213,663
1,246,144
1,355,275
1,674,077
—

343,115
176,490
19,790
5,748
1,112,945
167,248
989,448
1,028,473
19,620
6,071

(1,534,839)
(26,279)
3,982
—
(1,552,473)
—
—
—
(7,499,941)
(2,261)

—
395,744
47,882
5,748
1,128,807
382,999
2,235,592
2,383,748
—
3,810

2,452,101
31,173

—
46,536
$ 8,361,175 $ 8,226,154 $ 3,332,771 $(13,738,608) $ 6,181,492

(4,683,933)
—

2,231,832
6,397

—
8,966

$

36,625 $

— $

4,269
1,211,568
17,957
—
21,145
6,133
4,352
1,461
1,303,510
2,162,927
88,512
70,860
1,117

46,992
261,121
31,827
74,224
44,009
—
—
3,775
461,948
—
265,426
32,750
8,196

50,000 $
40,766
62,150
47,069
—
42,261
32
7,162
3,817
253,257
—
251,999
17,800
2,983

— $
—
(1,534,839)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,534,839)
—
(2,261)
—
—

86,625
92,027
—
96,853
74,224
107,415
6,165
11,514
9,053
483,876
2,162,927
603,676
121,410
12,296

2,155,146

2,320,611

208,176

(4,683,933)

—

—
148,572
5,930,644
2,430,531

197,912
10,989
168,864
12,442
3,750,961
757,646
2,430,531
2,575,125
$ 8,361,175 $ 8,226,154 $ 3,332,771 $(13,738,608) $ 6,181,492

—
—
(6,221,033)
(7,517,575)

186,923
7,850
3,283,704
4,942,450

F-54

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$ (196,727) $

470,972 $

319,693 $

(158,852) $

435,086

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

from continuing operations

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing

operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

(1,881)

(40,399)

(38,515)

Payments for businesses and intangibles

acquired, net of cash acquired

(100)

(35,606)

(85,319)

Proceeds from sale of assets

28,239

3,878

Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net

investment hedges

Investments in affiliates

Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing

operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment

fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans
and the related tax impacts

Payments for contingent consideration

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividends

Intercompany transactions

Intercompany dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash

equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the

year

—

—

(80,795)

(121,025)

(28,239)

3,878

—

5,700

1,548

—

—

—

—

1,548

—

—

(5,700)

27,806

(77,827)

(123,834)

(22,539)

(196,394)

35,000

(128,500)

(188)

22,655

—

—

(62,165)

—

—

—

—

(73,235)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,700

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,700)

35,000

(128,500)

(188)

22,655

(73,235)

—

—

(62,165)

314,386

(322,363)

(20,262)

—

(4,723)

(154,129)

28,239

158,852

—

—

181,188

(400,321)

(168,691)

181,391

(206,433)

(547)

(547)

—

—

—

—

2,839

2,839

(10,948)

11,720

(7,176)

19,059

37,803

8,933

286,822

—

—

—

—

—

2,292

2,292

(10,948)

23,603

333,558

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

49,523 $

1,757 $

305,881 $

— $

357,161

F-55

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

(50,585) $

223,373 $

315,431 $

(61,918) $

426,301

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

from continuing operations

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing

operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

(240)

(34,912)

(35,751)

—

(70,903)

Payments for businesses and intangibles

acquired, net of cash acquired

Proceeds from sale of assets

Investments in affiliates

Net cash used in investing activities from

continuing operations

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing

operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment

fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans

and related tax impacts

Payments for contingent consideration

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividends

Intercompany transactions

Intercompany dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash

equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the

year

(975,524)

(725,554)

(67,206)

— (1,768,284)

464,982

—

—

(5,900)

6,332

—

(464,982)

5,900

6,332

—

(510,782)

(766,366)

(96,625)

(459,082)

(1,832,855)

2,463,500

(1,239,576)

(26,664)

5,571

—

—

(61,237)

—

—

—

—

(335)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,900

—

—

2,463,500

— (1,239,576)

—

—

—

(5,900)

(26,664)

5,571

(335)

—

—

(61,237)

(550,579)

551,230

(465,633)

—

—

(61,918)

464,982

61,918

—

—

591,015

550,895

(521,651)

521,000

1,141,259

(6,416)

(6,416)

—

—

—

—

—

—

61,480

23,232

7,902

(241,365)

14,571

1,031

528,187

—

—

—

—

—

(6,416)

(6,416)

61,480

(210,231)

543,789

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

37,803 $

8,933 $

286,822 $

— $

333,558

F-56

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

(85,088) $

169,400 $

328,553 $

(2,275) $

410,590

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

from continuing operations

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing

operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

(279)

(24,753)

(28,103)

—

(53,135)

Payments for businesses and intangibles

acquired, net of cash acquired

Proceeds from sale of businesses and assets

Investments in affiliates

Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing

operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment

fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans

and the related tax impacts

Payments to noncontrolling interest shareholders

Payments for acquisition of noncontrolling interest

Payments for contingent consideration

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividends

Intercompany transactions

Intercompany dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash

equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the

year

—

5,607

—

5,328

665,000

(714,565)

(8,958)

9,068

—

—

—

—

(58,960)

(10,305)

(50,572)

49,571

(5,600)

1,860

—

46,837

(46,837)

5,600

(14,040)

10,201

—

8,913

(76,815)

5,600

(56,974)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(7,282)

—

—

6,700

—

—

—

(464)

(9,231)

—

5,600

—

(13,244)

(2,275)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,600)

—

—

2,275

671,700

(714,565)

(8,958)

9,068

(464)

(9,231)

(7,282)

—

(58,960)

—

—

183,244

(170,000)

—

—

74,829

(177,282)

(12,914)

(3,325)

(118,692)

(2,110)

(2,110)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(27,391)

(7,041)

1,031

211,433

21,612

—

316,754

—

—

—

—

—

(2,110)

(2,110)

(27,391)

205,423

338,366

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

14,571 $

1,031 $

528,187 $

— $

543,789

F-57

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 19 — Discontinued Operations 

The results of the Company’s discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

were as follows:

Other (gains) expenses (1)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

Tax (expense) benefit on loss from discontinued operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(1)

Includes expenses and recoveries associated with divested businesses.

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)
4,534 $
(4,534)
1,801
(2,733) $

(5,643) $
5,643
(1,273)
4,370 $

$

$

922
(922)
1,112

190

F-58

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 20 — Subsequent events

Segment change

During the first quarter 2019, the chief operating decision maker, or CODM, (the CEO) changed the manner in
which he reviews financial information for purposes of assessing business performance and allocating resources by
focusing  on  the  geographic  location  of  all  non-OEM  operations.   As  a  result,  the  Company  changed  its  segment
presentation.    Specifically,  the  Vascular  North  America,  Interventional  North  America,  Anesthesia  North  America,
Surgical North America, Interventional Urology North America, Respiratory North America and Latin America operating
segments were combined into a new Americas segment.  The Company now has four segments: Americas, EMEA,
Asia and OEM.

2019 Footprint realignment plan

In  February  2019,  the  Company  initiated  a  restructuring  plan  primarily  involving  the  relocation  of  certain
manufacturing  operations  to  existing  lower-cost  locations  and  related  workforce  reductions  (the  “2019  Footprint
realignment plan"). These actions commenced in the first quarter 2019 and are expected to be substantially completed
during 2022.  The following table provides a summary of the Company’s cost estimates by major type of expense
associated with the 2019 Footprint realignment plan:

Type of expense

Termination benefits
Other costs (1)

Restructuring charges
Restructuring related charges (2)

Total estimated amount expected to be incurred

$19 million to $23 million

$1 million to $2 million

$20 million to $25 million

$36 million to $45 million

Total restructuring and restructuring related charges

$56 million to $70 million

(1) Includes  contract  termination  costs  as  well  as  facility  closure  and  other  exit  costs  (employee  and  equipment  relocation  costs  and

outplacement).

(2) Consists of estimated pre-tax charges related to costs directly related to the plan, primarily costs to transfer manufacturing operations to
the new locations as well as accelerated depreciation of $3.0 million to $4.0 million.  Most of the charges are expected to be recognized
within costs of goods sold.

The Company estimates $53 million to $66 million of the restructuring and restructuring related charges will result
in future cash outlays. Additionally, the Company expects that it will incur $29 million to $35 million in aggregate capital
expenditures under the plan.  The Company expects to incur most of these charges and cash outlays prior to 2021. 

As the 2019 Footprint realignment plan progresses, management will reevaluate the estimated expenses and

charges set forth above, and may revise its estimates, as appropriate, consistent with GAAP.

F-59

QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

2018:
Net revenues
Gross profit
Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on

extinguishment of debt and taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
Earnings per share available to common shareholders —

basic(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)

Earnings per share available to common shareholders —

diluted(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)

2017:
Net revenues
Gross profit
Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on

extinguishment of debt and taxes
Income from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
Earnings per share available to common shareholders —

basic(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)

Earnings per share available to common shareholders —

diluted(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)

$ 587,230 $ 609,866 $ 609,672 $ 641,615
365,821

331,270

342,573

344,778

86,843
54,931
1,253
56,184
56,184

33,490
(2,552)
56
(2,496)
(2,496)

82,105
56,540
(16)
56,524
56,524

119,266
87,513
3,077
90,590
90,590

$

$

$

$

1.21 $
0.03
1.24 $

(0.06) $
0.01
(0.05) $

1.23 $
—
1.23 $

1.18 $
0.02
1.20 $

(0.06) $
0.01
(0.05) $

1.21 $
—
1.21 $

1.90
0.07
1.97

1.87
0.06
1.93

$ 487,881 $ 528,613 $ 534,703 $ 595,106
330,731

290,284

295,227

255,560

60,819
40,349
(179)
40,170
40,170

110,202
78,363
(360)
78,003
78,003

110,354
79,398
(2,383)
77,015
77,015

90,904
(42,847)
189
(42,658)
(42,658)

$

$

$

$

0.90 $
(0.01)
0.89 $

1.74 $
(0.01)
1.73 $

1.76 $
(0.05)
1.71 $

0.87 $
(0.01)
0.86 $

1.67 $
—
1.67 $

1.70 $
(0.05)
1.65 $

(0.95)
—
(0.95)

(0.92)
0.01
(0.91)

(1) Each quarter is calculated as a discrete period; the sum of the four quarters may not equal the calculated full year amount.

69

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2018

Raw material

Work-in-process

Finished goods

December 31, 2017

Raw material

Work-in-process

Finished goods

December 31, 2016

Raw material

Work-in-process

Finished goods

$

Balance at
Beginning of
Year
10,255 $
8,636 $
8,026 $

$

$

Additions
Charged to
Income

Accounts
Receivable
Write-offs

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of
Year

2,521 $
1,949 $
2,156 $

(2,601) $
(596) $
(862) $

(827) $
266 $
(684) $

9,348

10,255

8,636

INVENTORY RESERVE

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions
Charged to
Income

Inventory
Write-offs

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of
Year

$

$

$

$

$

$

6,093 $
3,089

26,426
35,608 $

4,028 $
702

(1,899) $
(1,097)
(17,390)

15,295
20,025 $ (20,386) $

348 $

60
(781)
(373) $

6,555 $
2,853

26,950
36,358 $

1,552 $
306

8,662

(2,317) $
(127)
(10,259)

10,520 $ (12,703) $

303 $

57

1,073
1,433 $

7,577 $
3,139

25,800
36,516 $

1,446 $
(76)
12,909
14,279 $ (13,008) $

(1,645) $
(213)
(11,150)

(823) $
3
(609)
(1,429) $

8,570

2,754

23,550

34,874

6,093

3,089

26,426

35,608

6,555

2,853

26,950

36,358

DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE

Balance at
Beginning of
 Year

Additions
Charged to
Expense

Reductions
Credited to
Expense

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

$ 104,799 $
$ 104,520 $
$ 103,475 $

43,361 $
4,657 $
2,046 $

(2,871) $
(5,745) $
(725) $

70

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of Year
(1,318) $ 143,971
1,367 $ 104,799
(276) $ 104,520

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS

REVENUE GROWTH  

2018 GAAP Revenue Growth 

Foreign Currency 

2018 Constant Currency Revenue Growth 

14.1%

1.4%

12.7%

OPERATING MARGIN RECONCILIATION
(dollars in thousands)

Income from continuing operations before interest and taxes

Income from continuing operations before interest and taxes margin

Restructuring, restructuring related and impairment items (A)

Acquisition, integration and divestiture related items (B)

Other items (C)

Intangible amortization expense

Adjusted income from continuing operations before interest and taxes

Adjusted income from continuing operations before interest and taxes margin

2018

321,704

13.1%

93,957

60,321

2,907

149,486

628,375

25.7%

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Revenue

$

2,448,383

(A) = Restructuring programs involve discrete initiatives designed to, among other things, consolidate or relocate manufacturing, administrative and other 
facilities, outsource distribution operations, improve operating effi ciencies and integrate acquired businesses. Depending on the specifi c restructuring 
program involved, our restructuring charges may include employee termination, contract termination, facility closure, employee relocation, equipment 
relocation, outplacement and other exit costs associated with the restructuring program.  Restructuring related charges are directly related to our 
restructuring programs and consist of facility consolidation costs, including accelerated depreciation expense related to facility closures, costs to transfer 
manufacturing operations between locations, and retention bonuses offered to certain employees as an incentive for them to remain with our company after 
completion of the restructuring program. Impairment charges do not directly affect our liquidity, but could have a material adverse effect on our reported 
fi nancial results. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, pre-tax restructuring related charges were $14.7 million.

(B) = Acquisition and integration expenses are incremental charges, other than restructuring or restructuring related expenses, that are directly related 
to specifi c business or asset acquisition transactions.  These charges may include, among other things, professional, consulting and other fees; systems 
integration costs; legal entity restructuring expense; inventory step-up amortization (amortization, through cost of goods sold, of the increase in fair value of 
inventory resulting from a fair value calculation as of the acquisition date); fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities; and bridge loan facility 
and backstop fi nancing fees in connection with facilities that ultimately were not utilized.  Divestiture related activities involve specifi c business or asset sales.  
Depending primarily on the terms of the divestiture transaction, the carrying value of the divested business or assets on our fi nancial statements and other 
costs we incur as a direct result of the divestiture transaction, we may recognize a gain or loss in connection with the divestiture related activities.  For the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2018, these charges were primarily related to contingent consideration liabilities and our acquisition of NeoTract. 

(C) = These are discrete items that occur sporadically and can affect period-to-period comparisons.   For the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, other 
items included the reversal of previously recognized income due to distributor acquisitions related to Vascular Solutions, losses associated with settlement 
of litigation relating to an intellectual property matter, expenses associated with a franchise tax audit, and relabeling costs. In addition, other items included 
a charge we incurred, as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, on our consolidated operations. 

15 | 2018 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

LISTED IN ORDER OF ELECTION

KAREN BOYLAN 
Vice President, Global Strategic 
Projects

DANIEL PRICE 
Vice President,  
Commercial Finance

BENSON F. SMITH 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Teleflex Incorporated 
Chairman of the Board

GEORGE BABICH, JR. *1 
Retired President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
Checkpoint Systems, Inc. 
Lead Director 
Compensation Committee Chair

STEPHEN K. KLASKO, M.D. *2 
President and CEO 
Thomas Jefferson University 
and Jefferson Health

STUART A. RANDLE *1, 2 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Ivenix, Inc. 
Nominating and Governance 
Commitee Chair

CANDACE H. DUNCAN *3 
Retired Managing Partner 
KPMG LLP 
Audit Committee Chair

GRETCHEN R. HAGGERTY *3 
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
United States Steel Corp.

GWEN CHAPMAN 
Vice President,  
Chief Compliance Officer

JOHN DEREN 
Vice President, 
Chief Accounting Officer

JEAN-LUC DIANDA 
President, EMEA 
and Global Urology

MICHAEL DIGIUSEPPE 
Vice President and  
General Manager, 
Respiratory Division and 
Corporate Accounts

TIMOTHY DUFFY 
Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

JAKE ELGUICZE 
Treasurer and Vice President, 
Investor Relations

JAMES FERGUSON 
President and General Manager,  
Surgical and Latin America

MICHELLE FOX 
Vice President,  
Clinical and Medical Affairs

RICHARD A. PACKER *2 
Primary Executive Director 
Asahi Kasei

SUNNY GOH 
President, APAC

ANDREW A. KRAKAUER *1 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Cantel Medical Corp.

MARIE HENDRIXSON 
Vice President, 
Internal Audit

LIAM J. KELLY 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

JOHN C. HEINMILLER *3 
Retired Executive Vice President 
St. Jude Medical

*Board Committees 
1 Compensation 
2 Nominating and Governance 
3 Audit

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP

LIAM J. KELLY 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

THOMAS E. POWELL 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

DAVE AMERSON 
President and General Manager, 
Interventional Urology

PETRO BARCHUK 
Vice President,  
Financial Planning and Analysis

CAMERON HICKS 
Vice President, Global 
Human Resources and 
Employee Communications

TIM KELLEHER 
President and 
General Manager, OEM

MEGAN KNESTRICK 
Vice President, 
Strategic Initiatives

BERT LANE 
Vice President, 
Global Logistics and Distribution

JAMES J. LEYDEN 
Vice President,  
General Counsel and Secretary

JUSTIN MCMURRAY 
President and General Manager, 
Anesthesia and Emergency 
Medicine

JAKE NEWMAN 
Vice President and General 
Manager, Vascular

STEW STRONG 
President and General Manager, 
Interventional

GWEN WATANABE 
Vice President, Global Corporate 
Development, Strategy and 
Strategic Partnerships

ED WEIDNER 
Vice President, Customer 
Experience and Commercial 
Operations

JAY WHITE 
President, The Americas

MARIO WIJKER 
Vice President, Global Quality 
Assurance and Regulatory Affiars

GREGG WINTER 
Vice President, Tax

JAMES WINTERS 
Vice President, Manufacturing

INVESTOR INFORMATION

ANNUAL MEETING 
The annual meeting of 
shareholders will take place at 
11:00 a.m. on May 3, 2019 at:

Teleflex Incorporated 
550 East Swedesford Road 
Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

INVESTOR INFORMATION 
Market and ownership  
of common stock: 
New York Stock Exchange 
Trading symbol: TFX

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Investors, analysts and others 
seeking information about the 
company should contact:

Jake Elguicze 
Teleflex Incorporated 
(610) 948-2836 
jake.elguicze@teleflex.com 
www.teleflex.com

A copy of the Annual Report 
as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on Form 
10-K, interim reports on Form 
10-Q, and current reports on 
Form 8-K can be accessed on the 
Investor page of the company’s 
website or can be mailed upon 
request.

TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR 
Questions concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, 
dividends, duplicate mailings, 
change of address, or other 
stockholder matters should be 
addressed to:

American Stock Transfer 
& Trust Company 
6201 15th Ave 
Brooklyn, New York 11219 
(800) 937-5449 (toll free)

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT 
Teleflex Incorporated offers a 
dividend reinvestment and direct 
stock purchase and sale plan. For 
enrollment information, please 
contact American Stock Transfer 
& Trust Company, Dividend 
Reinvestment Department, 1-877-
842-1572 (toll free).

CODE OF ETHICS AND 
BUSINESS GUIDELINES 
All Teleflex businesses around 
the world share a common Code 
of Ethics, which guides the way 
we conduct business. The Code is 
available on the Teleflex website at 
www.teleflex.com.

CERTIFICATIONS  
The certifications by the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer of Teleflex 
Incorporated required under 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 have been filed as 
exhibits to Teleflex Incorporated’s 
2018 Annual Report on Form 
10-K. In addition, in May 2018, 
the Chief Executive Officer of 
Teleflex Incorporated certified 
to the New York Stock Exchange 
(“NYSE”) that he is not aware of 
any violation by the Company of 
NYSE corporate governance listing 
standards, as required by Section 
303A.12(a) of the NYSE Corporate 
Governance Rules.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

FORWARD-LOOKING 
STATEMENTS 
In accordance with the safe 
harbor provisions of the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act 
of 1995, the company notes that 
certain statements contained in 
this report are forward-looking 
in nature.These forward-looking 
statements include matters such 
as business strategies, market 
potential, product deployment, 
future financial performance and 
other future oriented matters. 
Such matters inherently involve 
many risks and uncertainties. For 
additional information, please 
refer to the company’s Securities 
and Exchange Commission filings 
and the Form 10-K included in the 
Annual Report.

OUR CORE VALUES

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

550 E. Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087
610.225.6800 • www.teleflex.com